a A ag i A a I a - ~: “ Ot OER! a 8 re mie I pana PRA he os re be nd ee ae pity taf. —< See BULLETIN THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — VoLtumE XLII, 1920-1921 NEW YORK PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES 1920-1921 er —en. a ee eee uae ate —_ THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY SEVENTY-SEVENTH STREET AND CENTRAL Park West, New York City Boarp OF TRUSTEES (As of December 31, 1921) PRESIDENT ' HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN First VICE-PRESIDENT SeconpD VicEe-PRESIDENT CLEVELAND H. DODGE J. P. MORGAN TREASURER SECRETARY HENRY P. DAVISON PERCY R. PYNE Ex-oFFIc10 THE MAYOR OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK THE COMPTROLLER OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PARKS ELECTIVE GEORGE F. BAKER ARTHUR CURTISS JAMES GEORGE F. BAKER, Jr. WALTER B. JAMES FREDERICK F. BREWSTER CHARLES LANIER THOMAS DeWITT CUYLER OGDEN MILLS WALTER DOUGLAS A. PERRY OSBORN CHILDS FRICK GEORGE D. PRATT MADISON GRANT THEODORE ROOSEVELT WILLIAM AVERELL HARRIMAN LEONARD C. SANFORD ARCHER M. HUNTINGTON JOHN B. TREVOR ADRIAN ISELIN FELIX M. WARBURG ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS (As of December 31, 1921) DrrEcToR ASSISTANT SECRETARY FREDERIC A. LUCAS GEORGE H. SHERWOOD ASsISTANT TREASURER THE UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK iii ScrenTiFic STAFF (As of December 31, 1921) DIRECTOR Freperic A. Lucas, Sc.D. GEOLOGY AND INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY Epmunp Otts Hovey, Ph. D., Curator Cuester A. Reeps, Ph.D., Associate Curator of Invertebrate Paleontology MINERALOGY Hersert P. Wurrtock, C.E., Curator WOODS AND FORESTRY (Curatorship Vacant) LOWER INVERTEBRATES Henry E. Crampton, Ph.D., Honorary Curator Roy W. Miner, A.B., Associate Curator (In Charge) Witiarp G. Van Name, Ph.D., Assistant Curator ENTOMOLOGY Frank E. Lutz, Ph.D., Curator A. J. Mutcuier, Assistant in Coleoptera Frank E. Watson, B.S., Assistant in Lepidoptera JoserH Bequaert, Ph.D., Assistant in Congo Zoology ICHTHYOLOGY Basurorp Dean, Ph.D., Honorary Curator Joun T. Nicuous, A.B., Associate Curator of Recent Fishes E. W. Gupaer, Ph.D., Associate in Ichthyology HERPETOLOGY ~— G. K. Nosie, A.M., Assistant Curator (In Charge) Karu Parrerson Scumipt, A.B,, Assistant Curator ORNITHOLOGY Frank M. Cuapman, Se.D., Curator W. DeW. Mitver, Associate Curator Rowert CusuMan Murpny, Se.D., Associate Curator of Marine Birds James P. Cuaprn, A.M., Assistant Curator, African Birds Loupitow Griscom, A.M., Assistant Curator MAMMALOGY Roy C. Anprews, A.M., Associate Curator of Mammals of the Kastern Hemisphere H. EF. Anwrnony, A.M., Associate Curator of Mammals of the Western Hemisphere Hensent Lana, Assistant Curator, African Mammals Cant FE. Axe ey, Associate in Mammalogy iv —_—-- > =o se “_—a Scientific Staff VERTEBRATE PALHONTOLOGY Henry FatrFretp Osporn, LL.D., D.Sc., Honorary Curator W. D. Marruew, Ph.D., Curator Wa ter GRANGER, Associate Curator of Fossil Mammals Barnum Brown, A.B., Associate Curator of Fossil Reptiles Wiuram K. Grecory, Ph.D., Associate in Paleontology COMPARATIVE ANATOMY Wituram K. GrEcoRY, Ph.D., Curator S. H. Cuvuss, Assistant in Osteology ANTHROPOLOGY Ciark Wisster, Ph.D., Curator Puiny E. Gopparp, Ph.D., Curator of Ethnology N.C. Netson, M.L., Associate Curator of North American Archeology Cuar.es W. Mrap, Assistant Curator of Peruvian Archeology Louis R. Suttrvan, A.M., Assistant Curator, Physical Anthropology COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY Ratrpw W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator PUBLIC HEALTH CHARLEs-Epwarp Amory Wrinstow, D.P.H., Curator PUBLIC EDUCATION GerorGe H. Sxerwoop, A.M., Curator G. Criypk FisHer, Ph.D., Associate Curator Ruts Crospy Noste, A.B., Assistant Curator Grace FisHer Ramsey, Assistant LIBRARY AND PUBLICATIONS ; Raupu W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator Ipa Ricuarpson Hoop, A.B., Assistant Librarian RESEARCH ASSOCIATES ALEssSANDRO F asp, Physiology CLARENCE L. Hay, A.M.,.Mexican and Central American Archeology George F.. Kunz, Ph.D., Gems Cuares W. Lena, B.S., Coleoptera J. Howarp McGrecor, Ph.D., Human Anatomy FRANK J. Meyers, Rotifera HerBert F. Scowarz, A.M., Hymenoptera A. L. TreapwE Lt, Ph.D., Annulata Wituiam M. Wueeter, Ph.D., Social Insects CONTENTS OF VOLUME XLIII PAGE Title-pammess 5 << 6s Secacn es Mis 05s Ss op oa see Saar me ae ee 1 Officers:and Trustees... 2.525 osc se SR ee ae Se aha nag ae lil Sontific Staff. 3.3.25 en eS nz iv Contents... 2.65 0632 a eee ee ae vi Dates of Publication of Separata.............. Pee ey eR ar eee vi List of Illustrations. .. 25.60 Se ee eee eee Vii List of New Taxonomic Nameés;- >... 85 Ge PO ea eae es Pee ee Ferrata 555 on a ee a icc es ee ee a xii Art. I.—Parasitic Copepods From the Congo Basin. By CHARLES BRANCH Wiuson.::: (Plates THis Ss ea i oe eee 1 II.—Tipulide Collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition. By CHares P. ALEXANDER. (Plate IV, one text figure)... . 9 I1I.—Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera Collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition, With Lists of the Species Known from the Belgian Congo. By NaTHaNn BANKs............ 21 1V.—African Stone-Flies and May-Flies Collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition. By James G. NEEDHAM. (Plate: Wes pies ees wee ce es Cts gn 35 V.—Isopods Collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition. By Wittarp G. Van Name. (One hundred and twenty-six GOEE TOG) circ hesis scm ae Lac ane agai eee Lae ae 41 V1I.—Lepidoptera of the Congo, Being a Systematic List of the Butter- flies and Moths Collected by The American Museum of Natural History Congo Expedition, Together with Description of Some Hitherto Undescribed Species. By W. J. HoLLAnp. (Plates VI-XIV and nine text figures). .................55. 109 VII.—Amphipods Collected by the American Museum Congo Expedi- tion, 1909-1915. By CLarence R. SHommaker. (Six text VIII.—The Brachyuran Crabs Collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition, 1909-1915. By Mary J. Rarssun. (Plates XV-LXIV, one map, and twenty-two text figures).. 379 Index to Article Vii 856i Hci vids be SON cL eee aE tie ere 333 Index to Article VIET: cei nievc Vink Rae Oa ee teat 469 Index to Articles I-V, ViVi). c:ciscasn dvd athe eh ie ae wks 475 DATES OF PUBLICATION OF SEPARATES The edition of separates is 300 copies, of which about 100 are mailed on the date of issue, and the others placed on sale in the Library. Art. I, April 22, 1920. Art. V, Sept. 27, 1920. OEE 5; a Ses * VI, Dec. 4, 1920. My AAG, a AO) TANG tO eee “ IV, “ 28, 1920. “ VIL, Sept. 30, 1921, vi era Se ee ee ee ee et LV ee LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS PLATES I.—The male and female of Argulus reticulatus. II.—The male and female of Argulus ambloplites. III.—The females of Lernwa haplocephala and Brachyella macrura. IV.—Wings of Limnobia congoensis, Lecteria africana, Tipula dolichopezoides, T’. langi, Nephrotoma chapini, and N. ruwenzoriana. V.—Pentagenia schoutedeni, Cenopsis fugitans, Neoperla dubia, and N. excisa. VI.—Planema nelsoni, Papilio ridleyanus, P. r. fumosus, Hypolimnas bartteloti var. obliterata, Cymothoé diphyia, and Neptis agatha. VII.—Bicyclus medontias var. obsoletus, Euphedra imitans, Precis stygia stygia, P. s. gregorii, P. s. fuscata, Cymothoé cyclades, Kallimula osborni, Mycalesis chapini, and Euryphene maximiniana. VIII.—Cymothoé herminia, C. h. var. poénsis, Neptis biafra, Cymothoé capellides, C. capella, C. langi, and C. adelina. IX.—Euphedra cyanea, Cymothoé cenis var. conformis, Euryphene lucasi, Euphedra medon var. innotata, and Cymothoé cenis var. rubida. X.—Cymothoé aramis, C. ogova, C. Reginw-Elizabethe, C. anatorgis, C. angulifascia, Mycalesis langi, and Euryphene fulgurata. XI.—Euphedra preussi notata, E. inanoides, E. preussi subviridis, E. rezioides, E. preussi fulvofasciata, E. p. angustior, and E. p. latefasciata. XII.—Abantis rubra, Triclema lutzi, Leptalina niangarensis, Spindasis aderna, Oxylides homeyeri, Spindasis chapini, Telipna rothioides, T. medjensis, Pentila cletensi, Epitola langi, Pentila clarensis, Diestogyna kahli, and D. rotundata. XITI.—Xanthospilopteryx medjensis, Amphicollia pactolica, Pitthea famulita, Metarctia chapini, Pseudogonitis variabilis, Eutelia nigricans, Tolna bolengensis, Rhyn- chodes avakubi, Amphigonia hyalinata, Heterospila (?) rubida, Leocyma congoén- sis, Sphingomorpha aliena, Dermaleipa nubilata, Deinypena fulvida, D. trans- versata, D. morosa, and Pseudoterpna (?) chapinaria. XIV.—Leipoxais punctulata, Sapelia bipunctata, Deinypena multilineata, Osteosema phyllobrota, Lelia soloides, Callocossus langi, Gonanticlea (?) langaria, Ctenogyna (2) medjensis, Deinypena obscura, Proterozeuxis (?) medjensis, Rhamidava pieri- dara, and Phasicnecus grandiplaga. XV.—Geograpsus lividus and Callinectes latimanus. XVI.—Sarmatium curvatum and its habitat. XVII.—Habitat of Cardisoma armatum. XVII.—Pisa carinimana and Dromia atlantica. XIX.—Callinectes marginatus and C. gladiator. XX.—Callinectes marginatus and Potamon (Potamonautes) floweri. XXI.—Callinectes latimanus. XXII.—Callinectes latimanus and Geograpsus lividus. XXII.—Thalamita africana. XXIV.—Potamon (Potamonautes) dybowskii. XXV.—Potamon (Potamonautes) lirrangensis. XXVI.—Potamon (Potamonautes) stanleyensis and P. (P.) lirrangensis. XXVII.—Potamon (Potamon) ballayi. Vii Vill — Illustrations XXVIII.—Potamon (Potamon) ballayi, P. (Geothelphusa) perparvus, and P. (G.) congoénsis. XXIX.—Potamon (Geothelphusa) congoénsis. XXX.—Potamon (Geothelphusa) perparvus. XXXI.—Potamon (Acanthothelphusa) faradjensis. XXXII.—Potamon (Acanthothelphusa) langi. XXXIII.—Erimetopus brazze. XXXIV .—Deckenia mitis. XXXV.—Menippe nanus and Pilumnus verrucosipes. XXXVI.—Pilumnus verrucosipes and Eurypanopeus blanchardi (?). XXXVII.—Panopeus africanus. XXXVIII.—Grapsus grapsus. XXXIX.—Goniopsis cruentata. XL.—Pachygrapsus gracilis and P. transversus. XLI.—Sesarma (Chiromantes) africanum. XLII.—Sesarma (Chiromantes) alberti, S. (C.) africanum, and Sarmatium curvatum, XLIII.—Sesarma (Holometopus) angolense. XLIV.—Sesarma (Holometopus) elegans. XLV.—Sesarma (Holometopus) angolense, S. (H.) eats and Uca tangeri. XLVI.—Sarmatium curvatum. XLVII.—Sarmatium curvatum, Cyclograpsus occidentalis, and Sesarma (Holometopus) biittikoferi. XLVIII.—Cardisoma.armatum and Sesarma (Chiromantes) atherts. XLIX.—Cardisoma armatum. L.—Cardisoma armatum. LI.—Cardisoma armatum. LII.—Ocypode ippeus. LIII.—Ocypode africana. LIV.—Uca tangeri. LV.—Shore of the Atlantic Ocean near San Antonio, Angola. Sandy cove on left bank of Congo estuary near San Antonio. LVI.—Shore on east side of Banana peninsula, at incoming tide. Shore vegetation along bay north of San Antonio, at low tide. LVII.—Wild date palms, north of Banana, after a grass fire. Laterite blocks on the beach of the Atlantic near Moanda. LVIL1.—Forest of mangroves bordering a creek near Malela, at high tide. LIX.—Interior of a mangrove forest near Malela, at low tide. LX.—Forest of mangroves bordered by Raphia near Malela, at incoming tide, Edge of bushy mangrove formation along Banana Creek, at low tide. LXI.—Bank of the Congo about 17 miles from Banana, between Malela and Ponta da Lenha, at low tide. LXII.—Bank of the Congo just below Malela, at outgoing tide. LXIII.—Tschopo River near Stanleyville, at low water, in March, LXIV.—Forest brook in the Rain Forest of the Northeastern Belgian Congo south of Poko, at the end of January. Text Fiaures Pace Details of pupa of Tipula species from Mt. Ruwenzori.......0. 066.666. .00 5. 18 Eurydice carangia, new species: female and second pleopod of male,......... 50 te oe Illustrations : ix ' PaGE Eurydice carangis, new species: mouth-parts of female.................--. 51 Eurydice carangis, new species: legs of female................006.00000005 52 PACH, CODMMNMON! TOMAR? 26555. 256:i5cior stag Bal ete ea SANS Nb ele ele aes 54 Nerocila cephalotes: young individuals. ................ 0622 e cece cece eens 56 es RRR i ari pate Po 3 Oar arta 58 RES * Sa SS Sen cal yor a a re nn 60 Ichthyoxenos expansus, new species: female..............022 0000002 eee eens 61 Ichthyoxenos expansus, new species: female...............605:00+ ee eeeees 62 SERINE CRIP ICSE” LOTIONO So Sg oii 5 Ale att vn CREE Ce ao gel She oie woe 64 Spheroma destructor: mouth-parts of female... ........00.0 6066s 65 Spheroma destructor: legs of females. ...... 2.0.20. ccc cere sheen ees 66 Pleurocrypta langi, new species: dorsal and ventral aspects and first opercular NT ee een og AES A So WP EO GT mw Bly ioe Gk MOEN OE GE 68 Pseudione chapini, new species: dorsal and ventral aspects of femaleand male.. 70 RINE, RUM URAR INN ES J.D Cote ete et xs WAU ewes) VAs OSs Sele aCe va ais 74 Ligyda exotica: legs of female and male................... 0.04 ee cee eens 75 OT NT SRS at a Ne ae ai nn ae re 76 Ligyda olfersii: legs of female and male....................00 0 cece eee ees 77 Eubelum stanleyanum, new species: female and details of structure of female and ee amas rae trp Ether DOLE cicd ow Sole leSve x was ou whi ees 79 Eubelum stanleyanum, new species: female................0 0.0 cc cece ee 80 Eubelum stipulatum: female and details of structure of femaleand male........ 82 CII! SURMMB a ee lignes canes oe en Cause eid wendgaus be 83 Eubelum propinquum, new species: details of structure of male.............. 85 Eubelum asperius, new species: details of structure of female................ 86 Eubelum garambe, new species: details of structure of female................ 88 Eubelum garambe, new species: female. .................00 0 cee cece eee ee 89 Eubelum tenebrarum, new species: female and details of structure of male and eS SO Sire ny Slee PET he ODE IY oie Wats a 9 bw bd CaN he 90 Eubelum tenebrarum, new species: female................. 2.0002 e eee eee 91 Synarmadillo globus: male and details of structure of male.................. 93 SOP MARIN MEDEA? INGLES 6d ia. ye Goat ares Ga FO aks SE a ya Nae Bae 94 Synarmadillo lubilensis, new species: female and details of structure of female. 96 Synarmadillo lubilensis, new species: female... ...........0000 6c cee eee 97 Cubaris banane, new species: female and details of structure of female and male 98 Cubaris regulus, new species: female and details of structure of female........ 101 en MANNIE TOMNGIO 60. cig sates sins ale aia howe eee Ould eats Paw ies eee shee 103 Niambia squamata: male and details of structure of female and male......... 104 Deudoriz batikelides, new species: female from Mombasa....... RS See raion 222 PEADMMA Lae, NEW BPCGIOS: MAIO. 6.) . ac wa es seta esc kt eee 263 Preis RO OW BNOUIESS MAIO. ss eos ek ae bb Ge dle ak ences ee 266 Deilemera anomala, new species: male and female......................... 269 Lelta hildoides, new species: male... . 2.5. ce ccc ees cece eens 298 Acidalia medjaria, new species: male................ FEC ae oe ae 312 Chrysopoloma nubila, new species: female...................00 0000 e eee eee 322 Saliunca rubriventris, new species: female....................0 0000-0020 eee 324 Phryganodes sex-guttata, new species: male... ........6.. 02 ee eee 328 x Illustrations PAGE Elasmopus congoénsis, new species: details of structure of male.............. 372 Elasmopus congoénsis, new species: details of structure of male......... Se ciee <p Talorchestia tricornuta, new species: mature male................. 000.0000. 374 Talorchestia tricornuta, new species: details of structure of female and male.... 374 Talorchestia tricornuia, new species: details of structure of female and male.... 376 Talorchestia tricornuta, new species: details of structure.................... 377 Map of the estuary of the Congo River showing localities where crabs have been collected. «0.005062. 65.3 Rie a ey 388 Dromia atlantica: details of structure of female.....................0.5. j}... 393 Callinectes marginatus: details of structure of male and female....... : eee 396 Callinectes gladiator: details of structure of male and female................ 398 Callinectes latimanus: details of structure of male and female................ 399 Thalamita africana: details of structure of male and female................. 403 Potamon (Potamonautes) floweri: details of structure of male................. 408 Potamon (Potamonautes) dybowskii: details of structure of femaleandmale .... 411 Potamon (Potamonautes) lirrangensis: details of structure of female and male. 414 Potamon (Potamonautes) stanleyensis, new species: details of structure of female and male 560555506 05 cea Ns 4a CORO ee 416 Potamon (Potamon) ballayi: details of structure of male.................... 420 Potamon (Geothelphusa) congoénsis, new species: details of structure of male.. 423 Potamon (Geothelphusa) perparvus, new species: details of structure of male.. 426 Potamon (Acanthothelphusa) faradjensis, new species: details of structure of male and feasighes cis i. eeu ko cscs a oe I 428 Potamon (Acanthothelphusa) langi, new species: details of structure of male and female, 2... SSS SRR. CAS Sea ee EN Ee Rega 432 Erimetopus brazze: outer maxilliped of female.................006. 00000 434 Deckenia mitis: details of structure of male................00.. 000 eee eee 435 Menippe nanus: details of structure of male..................000 0c e eee 436 Pilumnus verrucosipes: details of structure of female. ...............6...04 437 Panopeus africanus; details of structure of male......................0005 439 Eurypanopeus blanchardi (?): details of structure of male................... 441 Cardisoma armatum: details of structure of male.................06.000 000% 457 Pisa carinimana: details of structure of female. ........0..0.00 00 0c ee 467 ee oe a LIST OF NEW TAXONOMIC NAMES IN THIS VOLUME GENERA PAGE NES Sy CI ty" 2 Riot a a Pe Co De a ar 39 I on paige CS Gs ES Rs Pe a an ko va 149 EINES 12 6 UR S80 a 164 Species, SUBSPECIES, AND VARIETIES AE VOUCUMMUER ibis dg. bos ves ss Knee Mae Oe SP tea ee Bee wea 2 ESS ETS Selle SADA ng AAD 6 50, 7 Ai ea a 3 A TIO, Dn cD aco Me See hw a) So c/o p wkdaew Wa eco s 7 DT a, 6S cn’, no ee eaTe SAR ocala eal Joy on a paeae hada eee e's 11 Lecteria africana 14 NN 0500 sie sy Scream on ge lie vk ie soo cht ein ecd wrk slot 15 Tn OTE Sg RESO FEB Le NORE ae a a a RST 15 TP 8s Ios Tia ha a's Woe ekeatate WA Sad eo BLD Ss bss acd 0.0 0 0eop 0 cg ga aw Less 16 Tipula langi rubricapilla 17 ER HRY oe 8 Big Ro A Ie ny gE a 19 SN INOUE ot ee iad «ae nly teagan ee 20 SISSIES RENE st SEE US th 49 SION Soha Ree Rah ts So 2 SR aR a re AA 60 i Se rae nn ee Sw cable weakwas 67 I od enuresis 69 INO DS er ie eae dweaue eau 78 Se RIMNNGIMR Uc oa tL tai on Gg 2 ket e cla eg pang caw eee ae 84 NOISE ARIE lero Tree SRS Ta a i eg 86 INR ites Sears tae ight “die iN n'e 5-50. 6 ina a Ont w ive Salen ee Fig big. 89 Eubelum tenebrarum. .. Plath tame et tua yong «castle ake e al aig btm h eee 91 Eabarts (Dininenschus) banana: Ly Ape fit pce pA DRIER Sent My tees 4 CIS A aOR eee ' yg SO EO CEN MNMMICMR) PAQUEUB Sos cons cis oc 5 oa kc Ss is vik lane oe niyo he wee owed boa ve 100 MUMMIES MAGOMELEE WAY: OOGDIIUAS So ooo Ob KD vino avo ce ke bh bb ea Canes 132 MME MOONE SS cone ss wig ss SSE: mah Dia iy DSPUSR ERC ey rae Age, ao fg alert as aaa 139 NRT SEINE AEE SS ISA ren doen fs ROE cote iat (ae gt be i RS RES || Precis stygia var. egps PRM RN Len ell ad op Et IgE a be ge Rt ape daa i ee Mee 148 Kallimula osborni.. OE ASSP oe Deas Crier. | fet iain mapas F 1 Hypolimnas hartielots- var. . btwaa PR NSS RARE CENT Ce sa en ara Ae 156 MONS WAT, MOURNE. Soe utes hn aerate ee oe 4 sine) o's vis.c'n as 173 PNGMar MORES) VOT! SUDVITEMLB. oso edu eae cbse occ pee a seas 174 pemmnciara mreuses var. fulucsasciata.. 6... oe ek ec ce pee Sie ce wie auc ce vseesss 174 Pane GrOMnet VAP, Idlelaactala. 0s; aulo tc hank iy uc a eiele ohne insets 175 en ONAGL VOT) GRQUSIION. 5.252... sccyile ss aca dd co. in Ciuc escaeceeer 175 eU OMRINNAIEOR. «3... 255 0 oc svn Sak a Re eg es CS Se bce paieews saa 100 ee WORINOE. eo ss... chen Cee wee es Sere sh ahah antes < ho 177 Euphedra xypete var. maxima........... OES ABS Cage et at 9 a 178 IE MRR ecg roo hay Betis Mewar ee Ge CLES Eb cc shes ooo « 178 xii List of New Names PAGE Euphedra medon var. innotata..........0.0000 000 cece ec eccuceesuccecaceess 179 Buryphene tucasi. 55.052 ina oo es eae ee Rotadge hegt dina gS haces SOR 183 Diestogyna kahli...... Pe IIIT es Be Serhan Sc a 3 eA 191 Diestogyna rotunda.) «0.566 sige. oo. RD ae a oak ea ae 191 Cymotho? herminia var. potnete..... «9-5 25 <5 Rt xd att wiv Wick aye eal Kineeme ecg 196 Cymothot langt. .c.5: 5.0.0.8 aks RR ie Se ae 197 Cymothot capellides. « ...:.06. 5.6 issn 5 on ae site ad Rak 2 NEAR TAN ein: ane ek iets 198 Cymothoé conis form rubida. . 3. <5: soca natn Pelee Sele ya entered 199 Cymothoé Reginw-Elizabethtae. . . . .:. sissies Ccnasis'g weltyein'e wie gins @edicgle ok aipie weit « al Cymothoé ogova var. rubescene. ss .)..5 65 ha ot 1 ae aly Sees ok Re ‘ =f. 5 ase Charazes protoclea var. marginepunctata........6.6.0 0. cece eee eee eee 206 Telipna rothioides:. . ......ssiai vdieyeeaais nsidioleie niu niece S84 Ia IS Sak sah I oe Telioma medjensis..... 600655354 Goad Tiles CIR A aks aR 214 Bpitola langi. ...... ~...0:5 Sept iG aay Ea aes CR ee oe 217 Deudorizx batikelides............00 000045 NTN w ite ln a ek uh aul bce tee a ern 221 Spindasie chapent......icicividiss vera sreie stk Skee af e-a aes Saeco vik eas een Ea Trickema bdtis 1... citan iki ase's 8 Cosa ene Sa Oe ee 229 Mylothris spica form Gono0an. io: 0: civic sec ees sind ae woe gata oes sa Papilio ridleyanus. WAL: FUMOGUB S555 bce fo30 si cjn Fe Na Fino woe ad AR 247 Abantle 1ubte. 5 i in SERRE bg AGAR ORA aR eis OR eee 253 Leptalina niangarensis....... 256 Myopeyche langt. e255 66255 aii eke pha Cah abe Ee 262 Melerctia cheapie. sic Bii Ki tide Wp ae ats MN RL A a 264 Nola banana ....isigcis Fig Pes eo ES ERAS e COR OL eee aaa 266 Deilemera (?) anomala......... 268 X anthoepilogher yx WMOAGORNE Ss sis ies aac dae a 5 Sad 5B vey os Oe Cag ty By isle gE 271 Budelia nigricans: i2i58 68s vce eee as oe oa eae Oe aoe eae 274 Pacudogonitte variables 55) 65h s eis eal iee Raine dak od eagle Oe LO ee 275 Leocymns CONGOENSEG 555\55i6 ss elite CeO R CARs Bs io ERR eee a. te ee 277 Dermaleipa nubilata 278 Tole bolengenshes. 5 ios 5s Ree den OKih ce ee Onals Ls eo 280 Ane KAMP 6 6656 ik bT i aeaRT IBD ea as ee See TEN eT ese? 280 Sphingomorphn Quen sso. 0c ccc hele Va eet a whee pe a Lae 285 Rhynchodés: Guahudt.... 03.56 idsc Sk RG aa leis ere ie DEE Gh cee ieee ia ce 287 Rhynchodat efedende. | ..6.0.0ccsevepanses va adivet ss soe ae dees eee 287 Amphigonia dipalinada, . ..0. 0050 cic ka vig ior. o Sv bee een pemene it ws 288 Fleteroeptla (FT) Phd. oie 6c coe via yk pm die eink aed Sma aE ele aerate eee 289 DetnyPOnds WUHOEE. 6.6 ao uci sc ks oe eee REE $a ais ON te ee coe 291 Deinypona Moroes. Var. DUH. 0. i ii kre eves sea CAPA OREN Ope Ta te tae 292 * Deteypene FOGG 6 66 iis oso 05 6 osine it Vehleie ek pha NER Leos ie Ce 292 Detny pent: BARMMONOb the o.oo sc vec nc cice deen RU heh ae aimee ae gin GIES at eho ae Deterypend WARBUGTORG S60 ooo 0 0-5 0-00 TA Reh RO eR or el 5 293 Deinypend C000 Gs iicsss ieee ese: 005.5 tb Rb R eh ee ED EER Gad ARS wk ts ro 204 Bapelda v1 UME! fei sce iso sa CR ana RE a eed eee eee ae ee Tae kee 205 Leucoper tne Wohi: sveiivic oii obo ale 8s 09 ib OCR aan MOE eae sheet 296 Latha hildoldes |. 6286s Oe a Te OL Ec ee 298 a a List of New Names ES Gg” SO ey a A i CA ORE ECHOES MUOANNE eV reves 3's o\c «sod eae ge ime bo eM Aa os Osteosema (?) phyllobrota............... A i aa re dear aie Paeudoterona (7) chagananta, ... 2. 6c ce ee ewe Te Eudemonia ab a UMNO. nme Siang & sinigtare 8 Callocossus langi... Leipoxais seme Sg Fa RRS or MG ae ag eee en aaa Chryacpoloma MUDUG 2... a Ce cle ccc eee eee ar er ES ET Ey Oars LIEN Pre ara Potamon (Potamonautes) stanleyensis.............. Polamon (Geothelphusa) congotnsis,.......ec0.00-.c0000ccteeceeeteeeeeeeees Potamon (Geothelphusa) perparvus..........- A thai) aiadiondie. 01... os cscs ss deveec ces Potamon (Acanthothelphusa) langi........... Mie (OC hirinalen) Gilet. occ... 10 alee aa Renee een ERRATA Page 60, Figs. 12-13, read Cymothoa for Cymothea. | ee a xiil ) eT tae rhs ee i eed ts othe ; ris a ig ket iat BEA oe BULLETIN OF THE AMERICAN Museum OF NATURAL History VotuMmeE XLIII, 1920 59.53, 4:16.9 (67.5) Article I. —PARASITIC COPEPODS FROM THE CONGO BASIN! % By CHARLES BRANCH WILSON _ Department or Brotoey, Stare Normat Scnoon, Westrietp, MassacHuUseTTs Puates I tro III The Congo Expedition of The American Museum of Natural His- tory, 1909-1915, brought back a small number of parasitic copepods, Messrs. Lang and Chapin collectors. | These were turned over to me for identification and prove to be of considerable interest. Our previous knowledge of African species was chiefly confined to two papers by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, who had charge of the Third Expedition sent to Lake Tanganyika by The Zoological Society of London. These papers were published in the Proceedings of the Society, the first in 1913, pp. 262-283, Pls. xi-xLv; the second in 1914, pp. 819—. 829, Pl.1. The former described seven new species of Argulus trom the Lake and an eighth, Argulus africanus Thiele, found also in Lakes Vic- toria Nyanza and Albert Nyanza, and in the Nile River. The latter contained three new species of Lerneva (Lernvocera), all from Lake Tanganyika. One of these latter species is included in the present material and thereby proves that it is not confined to the Lake, but is found also in the Congo River Basin. Cunnington gave a photograph of the species and described its general appearance, but the appendages are here described and figured for the first time. On the other hand, the two IScientific Results of The American Museunr of Natural History Congo Expedition. General Invertebrate Zoology, No. 3. 1 2 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Argulus species are decidedly different from any of those found in the Lake, and the Brachielta from a salt-water fish at the mouth of the Congo River also proves to be new. Accordingly, all four of the species merit a detailed description and figures of the more important appendages. Argulus reticulatus,! new species Plate I Host and Record of Specimens.—Three females and three males were taken from the gills of Hydrocyon goliath Boulenger, at Malela near the mouth of the Congo River, July 5, 1915. Specific Characters of Female Carapace elliptical, distinctly longer than wide, reaching nearly to the center of the abdomen and entirely concealing the legs in dorsal view; posterior sinus two- fifths the length of the carapace and quite narrow, with parallel sides; posterior lobes broadly rounded; cephalic area scarcely projecting. Abdomen transversely elliptical, a fourth wider than long, evenly rounded; anal sinus one-third the length of the abdomen, anal laminz basal. First antenne with a short spine at the posterior corner of the basal joint, stout . anterior and lateral claws on the second joint, and a short curved spine on the posterior margin. The basal joint of the second antenne is considerably thickened, with a long slender spine on its posterior margin; the terminal joints are compara- tively slender. The eyes are of medium size and well separated. The sucking disks are large, one-sixth the diameter of the carapace, and quite close together some distance behind the antero-lateral sinuses. The supporting rods in the margins of the suckers are separated quite a distance one from another. Each is composed of a short basal portion, somewhat enlarged at its base, and two terminal cylindrical portions, joined end to end or nearly so. Maxillipeds rather slender; basal plates narrow triangular, prolonged posteriorly into three flattened lamin, separated by wide triangular sinuses; roughened area small, ovate, produced into a long narrow point anteriorly. First two pairs of swimming legs with flagella; lobes on the fourth legs with a tiny “heel” and a short pointed “toe,” quite like the shoes in vogue amongst Chinese ladies of the upper classes half a century ago. Respiratory areas divided into two portions, the anterior one triangular with rounded corners, the posterior one a little wider and four times as long, curved parallel with the lateral margin of the carapace. Color (preserved material) a yellowish gray, the dorsal surface of the carapace covered with a network of irregular black lines, except around the eyes and through the center of the cephalic and thoracic areas, On the dorsal surface of the abdomen and at the anterior ends of the lateral areas of the carapace the pigment is gathered into isolated, rounded spots. Total length, 8 mm. Carapace, 7.50 mm. long, 6 mm. wide, Abdomen, 1.50 min. long, 1.75 mm. wide. Reticulatus’ wet-like, alluding to the black pigment on the earapare of the female, 1920). Wilson, Parasitic Copepods from the Congo Basin 3 ‘ Specific Characters of Male Carapace a little shorter than in the female, but still overlapping the base of the abdomen; cephalic area projecting more strongly and relatively wider; posterior sinus a little more than a quarter of the length of the carapace, narrow triangular. Abdomen slightly wider than long with an evenly rounded outline; anal sinus a mere slit, one-fourth the length of the abdomen, anal laminz basal. Eyes considerably larger than in the female. Swimming legs projecting beyond the margins of the carapace, the lobes on the fourth pair longer and more pointed. Of the accessory sexual apparatus the peg on the second joint of the fourth legs is of medium size, while the semen receptacle on the.third legs is exceptionally larg> and projects strongly from the posterior margin. Color, the same as in the female except that the black pigment is in widely scattered spots instead of a continuous network. Total length, 6mm. Carapace, 5 mm. long, 4mm. wide. Abdomen, 1.25 mm. long, 1.30 mm. wide. - Remarks.—Mention has been made of eight African species already reported; from them and from all other species, the present one is distinguished by the intricate reticulation of the dorsal surface of the female, by the squarely truncated teeth on the basal plate of the maxil- lipeds, by the peculiar pattern of the respiratory areas of the carapace, by the structure of the supporting rods of the marginal membranes of the sucking disks, and by the peculiar lobes on the fourth legs of the female. Argulus ambloplites,! new species Plate II Host and Record of Specimens——A male and female were secured from the outside surface of the gills of Ophiocephalus obscurus Giinther at Faradje on the Dungu River, very near the headwaters of that part of the Congo River Basin which is north of Lake Albert Nyanza and close to the watershed separating the Congo from the Nile Basin. Specific Characters of Female Carapace ovate, considerably longer than wide and reaching beyond the center of the abdomen, with the posterior lobes considerably narrowed and turned inward; cephalic area broadly triangular and projecting moderately; lateral areas spindle- shaped, narrowed both anteriorly and posteriorly; posterior sinus a little more than one-third the length of the carapace and somewhat enlarged at its base. Abdomen ovate, widest at its base, with broadly rounded sides and posterior lobes; anal sinus less than one-eighth the length of the abdomen, as wide as deep, squarely truncated at its base, anal lamin basal. First antennz of medium size, basal joint with a blunt posterior process re- _1Ambloplites: G&uBdbs, blunt, and drXires, armed, alluding to the spines on the antenne and maxillipeds and the accessory processes. 4 Bi lletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLII enforced by a much larger one behind the insertion of the antenna; second segment with stout anterior and lateral claws and a small posterior spine opposite the anterior claw; second antennz with a long blunt process on the basal segment. Eyes rather small, separated by a distance a little less than one-fourth the width of the carapace, and situated just in front of the lateral sinuses; median eye very small and far behind the lateral eyes. Sucking disks about one-eighth the diameter of the cara- pace and opposite the lateral sinuses and widely separated. Maxillipeds of medium size, the basal plate broadly triangular, produced posteriorly into three flattened lamin, which are squarely truncated and pressed so tightly together that the sinuses between them are mere lines. On the ventral surface inside the base of each maxilliped is an accessory process, also flattened into a wide, squarely truncated lamina. The first two pairs of swimming legs with flagella; the basal lobes on the posterior pair small and rectangular. Respiratory areas divided, the anterior portion a little more than half the diam- eter of the posterior, ovate, ae its long axis inclined backwards and inwards; the posterior portion somewhat enlarged at either end. Color (preserved material) a uniform gray-brown. Total length, 5 mm. Carapace, 4.50 mm. long, 3.75 mm. wide. Abdomen, 1.12 mm. long, 1 mm. wide. Specific Characters of Male Carapace elliptical, not narrowed posteriorly and not reaching the base of the abdomen, but distinctly longer than wide; cephalic area projecting more than in the female but relatively narrower; posterior sinus a little more than one-fourth the length of the carapace, with parallel sides. Abdomen ovate, a little longer than wide, less than a quarter of the entire length, lobes broadly rounded; anal sinus one-fifth the length of the abdomen and narrower than in the female. Lobes on the posterior swimming legs extended laterally into a broad and blunt cone; of the accessory sexual apparatus the peg on the fourth legs is exceptionally large, as is also the semen receptacle on the third legs, and there is a long rounded process extending backward from the center of the ventral surface of the second legs. Color, a little lighter than that of the female. Total length, 7 mm. Carapace, 5.30 mm. long, 4.50 mm. wide. Abdomen, 1,60 mm. long, 1.50 mm. wide. Remarks.—This species is clearly distinguished from all the African forms by the conspicuous overlapping of the abdomen by the carapace lobes in the female, by the wide and shallow anal sinus of both’ sexes, and by the blunt armature, especially of the maxillipeds. These two argulids, coming as they do from widely distant localities, one at the very headwaters of the Congo River and the other close to its mouth, suggest that the whole basin may yield specimens upon further examination. They are closely related to Thiele’s A. africanus and to the present author’s A. americanus, but may be recognized by the characters above given, Or 1920} Wilson, Parasitic Copepods from the Congo Basin Lernea haplocephala (Cunnington) Plate III, Figures 20 to 22 Host and Record of Specimens.—EHight females were obtained from the outside skin and flesh of Polypterus ornatipinnis Boulenger at Faradje on the Dungu River, one of the headwaters of the Congo. One was ob- tained January 1912, four in February 1912, one in January 1913, and two in February 1913. They were all found on the sides of the body near the tail; they had penetrated the skin between the scales, and their cephalothorax with its processes was enclosed in a tough cyst just beneath the skin. In obtaining the four, Feb. 25, 1912, the skin, the scales, and a thin layer of flesh were removed entire with the parasites in situ; these specimens are excellently preserved. Specific Characters of Female General form thick and stout; cephalothorax with four large fleshy processes or horns, two ventral and two dorsal, very similar to those of L. cruciata. Each horn is conical, thick, and often flattened laterally at the base and tapered to a _ bluntly rounded point. The ventral horns are swollen a little more than the dorsal, especially on their ventral margins and toward their tips. The four horns are arranged like the letter X and each is a little more than one-fifth of the entire length. The neck behind the cephalothorax increases gradually in diameter back to the pregenital prominence. Just behind the horns and external to the second pair of legs there is a swelling on either side of the neck which projects ventrolaterally, the two coming together across the midline on the ventral surface, but not extending on the dorsal surface. These accessory processes correspond to those found in L. variabilis behind the primary horns. The pregenital prominence is exceptionally large, not bilobed, and spherical in shape. It projects more than half its diameter, giving the body a decided boot or foot shape. The toe of the boot is the abdomen, which is somewhat inclined to the body axis and whose diameter is nearly equal to that of the body in front of the pregenital prominence. It is a half longer than wide, the same diameter throughout, bluntly rounded, and shows no signs of anal laminz. The first pair of swimming legs is on the ventral surface of the cephalothorax between the bases of the ventral horns; the second pair is on the ridge connecting the two accessory prominences just behind the horns. The relative distances of the four pairs of legs from the anterior margin of the cephalothorax, calling the entire length of the body 100, are 11.15:35:70. In the specimen from which the drawing of the entire animal was made there was a torsion of 180, the fourth legs being apparently on the side of the body opposite the first pair. No egg-strings were found upon any of the present specimens, but Cunnington stated that the egg-sacs were moderately long, about one-fifth the length of the body, and tapering. Each contains four.or five rows of eggs, with twenty-five or thirty in a row. 6 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Head fairly large and ovate, being narrowed anteriorly between the bases of the antennz; the anterior margin of the narrowed portion is somewhat reéntrant at the center. The first antenne are three-jointed and well armed with sete, the second pair are two-jointed, the joints of the same length, the terminal one armed at the tip with curved claws and several short sete. The maxillipeds are stout, the terminal joint small, spherical, and tipped with four stout curved claws. Color (preserved material), a uniform yellowish white. Total length, 10 mm. Transverse length of dorsal and ventral arms and the head, 3.80 mm. Greatest diameter of the body, 1 mm. Remarks.—This is one of the three species established by/Dr. Cun- nington in 1914; his type specimen was taken from the soft region at the junction of the pelvic fins of a large Polypterus congicus Boulenger. Other specimens were obtained from different species of Polypterus in the White Nile, and, so far as recorded, they were found in the soft flesh at the junction of paired fins. But the present specimens, instead of choosing such a locality, burrowed in between the hard scales on the side of the body. Coming from the Dungu River, they extend the habitat of the species to the Congo Basin, and make it reasonably certain that this parasite is as widely distributed in Africa as is the genus of fish (Polypterus) upon which it isfound. The present host is the fourth species of the genus from which this parasite has been obtained. Cunnington gave some excellent photographs of the species and a good general description, but he did not locate the swimming legs, except the second pair, nor did he describe any of the appendages. These omissions are here supplied and, fortunately, they only emphasize the validity of the species. Cunnington stated: “The appendages appear to show compara- tively minor differences within the limits of this genus, and have not been appealed to for the purpose of establishing new species. Thus I have not deemed it necessary to study in detail the head appendages of my new forms since they are by no means easy to investigate, and my material, with one exception, was very scanty”’ (p. 283). While this may be true in a measure, and while it may be advisable to base an artificial key upon characters easily observed, it should never be forgotten that the final decision of the validity of a species must always rest upon the structure of the appendages. Consequently, a description and figures of the appendages are more or less indispensable for the establishment of the species. Even in dealing with such bizarre forms as these lernwids, where species may be distinguished fairly well without resort to the appendages, the presentation of their details will avoid all question. 1920] Wilson, Parasitic Copepods from the Congo Basin 7 The distinguishing characters of this species are the well-developed and undivided pregenital prominence, the four horns of equal length arranged like the letter X, and the small spherical terminal joint of the maxillipeds, with its four curved claws. Brachiella macrura,' new species Plate III, Figures 23 to 28 Host and Record of Specimens.—Three females with egg-strings were obtained from the gills of an African snapper, Neomenis fulgens Cuvier and Valenciennes, at Banana on the mouth of the Congo River, July-August 1915. Specific Characters of Female — Cephalothorax about the same length as the trunk, cylindrical and the same _ diameter throughout, and inclined backward at right angles to the trunk. Head neither enlarged nor separated in any way from the thorax, covered with an indistinct carapace. Maxillipeds nearly even with the anterior margin of the head and forming apparently a heavy under jaw; second maxille at the angle between the cephalo- thorax and the trunk. Trunk narrowed anteriorly into a very short neck, more or less wrinkled posteriorly, flattened dorsoventrally. Four posterior processes of about the same length, two dorsal and two ventral; a genital process between the two latter and a little ventral to them, about half their length and the same diameter throughout, which is equal to that of the posterior processes. Egg-strings arising between the ventral and dorsal processes and considerably more than twice their length, tapering gradually to a blunt point. Each string has a diameter at its base one-fourth greater than that of the processes, and contains five rows of eggs, forty to forty-five in a row, making the aggregate of each string a little over two hundred eggs. _ First antennz swollen at the base and three-jointed; second antenne biramose and turned down squarely across the frontal margin of the head, the endopod (dorsal ramus) large and bluntly rounded, one-jointed and armed at the very tip with tiny spines, the exopod smaller, two-jointed, and tipped with a tuft of finger-like sete. Mouth-tube short and wide, extending forward between the tips of the second anten- ne. First maxille tripartite, the third division lateral and much smaller than the two terminal ones; palp one-jointed, bipartite, the rami very short and stout, each tipped with a single spine. Second maxillz about one-third the length of the cephalo- _ thorax, slender, fused at the base and then separate as far as the bulla. Maxillipeds large and stout, the basal joint armed on its ventral surface near the inner margin with two large knobs, covered with small spines; the terminal claw has an accessory spine at its base. \Macrura: paxpds, long, and dupa, tail, alluding to the genital process. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLII v2) Color (preserved material), a brownish yellow. Cephalothorax, 4 mm. long, 0.85 mm. in diameter. Trunk, 4 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, 1.75 mm. thick. Posterior processes, 4 mm. long. Egg-strings, 9 mm. long. Remarks.—This species is most closely related to Beneden’s chev- reuxti, which is the only other one possessing a long genital process. But in chevreuxii the head is much enlarged and distinctly separated from the thorax, the trunk is as wide as long and nearly twice as wide as thick, and the egg-strings are only a trifle longer than the posterior processes: The name macrura is especially appropriate for this species because not only is the genital process (tail) longer than in any other species except chevreuxii, but the posterior processes and egg-strings are also exceptionally long. The combination of the three makes it a question as to whether in this case “the dog wags the tail or the, tail wags the dog.”’ Buuretin A. M. N.H. Vor. XLIII, Prare I The Male and Female of Argulus reliculatus 9 Dorsal view of male. First and second antennx. Mazxilliped il - . Third and fourth swimming legs. Dorsal view of female. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Rods supporting the membrane of a the sucking dis se espiratory areas of the carapace. Maxilliped. Fourth swimming leg. 5 “any, ney ap sal i 4 : iid i ay dij Buititetiy A. M.N. HH.” : Vor. XLII, Prats Il The Male and Female of Argulus ambloplites - 11. Dorsal view of male. Fig. 16. Rods supporting the membrane of Fig. 12. First and second antenne. . the sucking disks. Fig. 13. Second and third swimming legs. Fig. 17. Respiratory areas of carapace. 14. Fo eg. } Fig. 18. Maxilliped. 15. Dorsal view of female. Fig. 19. Fourth swimming leg. me ped ie eae sss ha Buuretin A. M. N. H. ; VOL. we Prate Lil 24 22 The Females of Lernea haplocephala and Brachiella macrura Side view of female of L. haplocephala. Fig. 25. Second antenna. Dorsal view of head showing first and Fig. 26. Maxilla. second antenne. Fig. 27. Maxilliped. Maxilla. Fig. 28. Ventral view, showing genital and Side view of female of B. macrura. posterior processes. Dorsal view of head showing carapace. 59.57, 71 (67.5) Article 11.—TIPULIDH COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION’ By Cuarves P. ALEXANDER, Pu.D. Piate IV The crane-flies collected in the Belgian Congo by Messrs. Lang, Chapin, and Bequaert were kindly submitted to me for determination by Dr. Frank E. Lutz. The few specimens included represent only large and rather conspicuous forms but some of these were of exceptional in- _ terest. The number of species in the collection is seven, distributed in five genera. Our knowledge of the Tipulide of the Congo is almost nil, and further collections will be awaited with considerable interest and anticipation. The crane-fly fauna of the Ethiopian region exhibits some interest- ing features that I have endeavored to summarize in the appended table. The family Tanyderide and the Cylindrotomine and Pediciini of the Tipulidz have not been recorded as yet from Africa or its islands, and the Ptychopteride are represented only by a single Ptychoptera from the Cape. The Limnobiini (Dicranomyia, Libnotes), Eriopterini (Erioptera, Molophilus, Trentepohlia, Gonomyia), and Hexatomini (Lim- nophila) are well represented in species. The Tipuline, likewise, are - common and include a few curious endemic types. Genera that abound in the American tropics and in the Orient (Geranomyia, Eriocera) are here represented by few species. Still others that, in the Neotropical region, occur in a variety of forms are here indicated only by a few, often non-typical, species (Rhipidia, Teucholabis, Gnophomyia). The apparent centers of distribution of some of the genera are indicated by the abbreviations, as follows: E=Ethiopian; H= Hol- arctic; N=Neotropic; Nea=Nearctic; O=Oriental; P= Palearctic; A=Australasian; *= doubtful genera. I. Cosmopolitan, or nearly so; representatives occurring in most of the faunal regions of the world. Ptychoptera (H) Subg. Empeda (H) Dicranomyia Molophilus (H) Geranomyia (N) Gonomyia (H) : P scctentaaes results of The American Museum of Natural History Congo Expedition. Entomology 9 10 Il. III. VI. VII. Vill. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Rhamphidia (A) Subg. Lezponeura (N) Limnophila (H) Subg. Gonomyella (N) Eriocera (N) Trimicra Elephantomyia Longurio (E) , Orimarga (N) Tipula (H) Erioptera Nephrotoma (H) Tropicopolitan. Styringomyia (EK, O) Trentepohlia (OY Megistocera (E) Oriental and Ethiopian; especially southern and eastern Africa. Thrypticomyia (QO) Scamboneura (O) Libnotes (O) Tipulodina* Conosia (QO) Ctenacroscelis (QO) Neotropical and Ethiopian. Ceratocheilus Lecteria Center of Distribution in the Australasian region. Tasiocera Habromastix Dolichopeza Center of Distribution in the Neotropical region. Rhipidia Atarba Teucholabis Toxorhina Gnophomyia Center of Distribution in the Holarctic or Palearctic region. Limnobia (FL) Hexatoma (P) Adelphomyia * (A) Ormosia * (1) Orimarqula UT) Endemie (South Africa), Platylimnobia Leplotipula Podoneura Idiotipula 1920] Alexander, Tipulide from the Belgian Congo 11 The types of the new species described in this paper are deposited in the collection of The American Museum of Natural History. Para- types of Lecteria africana are in the author’s collection. TIPULIDZ Limnobiine Limnosia Meigen Limnobia MxiGEn, 1818, System. Beschr., I, p. 92. Limnobia congoensis, new species Plate IV, Figure 1 Thorax shiny black and yellowish, the pro- and metapleura yellow; halteres dark, pale at the base; legs dark; wings yellow, the outer margin broadly infumed with darker, the veins narrowly seamed with dark brown; abdomen black, the hypopygial region yellowish. Female (?).—Length, about 10.2 mm.; wing, 12.6 mm. Rostrum and palpi dark brown, the latter short. Antenne brownish yellow, the scape above-dark brown; flagellar segments oval, each with a very long bristle. Eyes large, the space on the vertex between them very narrow but little wider than the diameter of the first antennal segment. Head brownish yellow, the area sur- rounding the insertion of the antennze brown. Pronotum dull yellow, above on the mid-line narrowly dark brown. Mesonotal prescutum shiny; the usual three stripes very broad, black, entirely confluent behind; the space anterior to and behind the lateral stripes yellowish. Scutal lobes black, the median area paler; scutellum light yellow; postnotum black. Pleura variegated yellowish and black; propleura, including the cox of the fore legs, deep yellowish; mesopleura, including the coxe of the middle legs, black, excepting a restricted dull yellowish area below the wing-root; metapleura, including the base of the halteres, pale yellowish, continued onto the mesosternum between the middle and hind cox. Halteres dark brown, except the basal third of the stem which is conspicuously light yellow. Legs with the coxe as described above, the hind cox black; posterior trochanters blackish, anterior trochanters reddish; femora dark brown, most intense apically; tibie brown; tarsi dark brown. Wings with a strong yellow tinge, the apical region and the posterior margin tinged with brown; stigma dark brown, solid; narrow, dark brown seams along the cord and the longitudinal veins, more conspicuous along Cu. Venation: Sc terminating opposite the end of the sector; r at the tip of Ri; Rs moderately elongated, a little longer than cell 1st M2, angulated and slightly spurred at the origin; basal deflection of Cu at the fork of M. Abdomen black, the hypopygium and the sclerites immediately basad of it orange-yellow. The tip of the abdomen of the unique type is slightly injured and I cannot determine the sex with certainty but believe that it is a female. The very narrow vertex suggests that the specimen may be a male. 12 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIL Habitat.—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— 2 (?); Medje, 27° 30’ E., 2° 25’ N.; Sept. 15-30, 1910. (Lang and Chapin Coll.) This is a true member of the genus Limnobia and perhaps the first to be described from the Ethiopian region although L. uniflava Riedel may correctly be referred here. The present species bears a slight resem- blance to forms like L. indigena Osten Sacken, etc. The rather numerous species referred to this genus by Bergroth, Speiser, Edwards, and others seem rather to be referable to Dicranomyia, Rhipidia and Libnotes. Dr. Bergroth has written several important papers and notes on tipulid synonymy. While admitting many of these points, there are others to which I can by no means agree and it seems opportune to speak of one of these now. In his latest paper on the subject (‘Some Tipulid Synonymy,’ Psyche, XXII, pp. 54-59, April 1915) Dr. Bergroth, in speaking of the genera Limnobia and Dicra- nomyia, writes as follows: “Alexander’s conception of these two genera seems to be so different from that of Osten Sacken and all other authors that an explanation of how he distinguishes them is much to be desired.’’ On the contrary, I maintain that my conception of the limits of Dicranomyia corresponds very closely with that of Osten Sacken, and that it is Bergroth and some other European writers who deviate from that definition. The most important single feature entering into this discussion concerns the relative length of the subcostal vein, it being long and extending far beyond the origin of the sector in Limnobia, but short and ending about opposite or before the origin of the sector in most species of Dicranomyia. Dr. Bergroth has apparently overlooked the group of species in the genus Dicranomyia (Osten Sacken, 1869, Monogr., Smithsonian Miscell. Coll., No. 219, pp. 73-76) in which the subcosta is fully as long as in Limnobia. The species included by Osten Sacken, D. pubipennis, D. globithorax, D. rara, and D. simulans, are from eastern America, but species in the same category are found in practically all parts of the world where the genus occurs. In some coun- tries they are more abundant than the species with the short subcosta, but in the Holarctic region are generally very much less common, The species that Dr. Bergroth would place in Limnobia (D. nebulosa, eiseni, gloriosa, ete.) are quite comparable to the four species listed above. In Europe, D. pilipennis Egger, which is apparently the same as, or very closely related to, D. pubipennis, is a common species and must be entirely familiar to Dr. Bergroth, and yet I believe he would hesitate to refer it to Limnobia, in spite of the length of its subcostal vein. 1920] Alexander, Tipulide from the Belgian Congo 13 The American students of the Tipulide seem to have less difficulty in reconciling the group of species with the long subcosta, as discussed above, to the genus Dicranomyia, but among the European workers several take a stand similar to that of Dr. Bergroth, especially Edwards and Speiser. DeMeijere described his D. umbrata (Java) with a long subcosta and correctly referred it to Dicranomyia, yet Edwards later referred it to the genus Limnobia. Brunetti describes a variety of forms as species of Limnobia; those with a short subcosta (tinctinervis, festiva) are undoubted species of Dicranomyia, while his L. indica with the sub- costa long is, in my opinion, possibly a Dicranomyia; L. longinervis, on the other hand, is evidently a Libnotes. One of Bergroth’s species, D. venusta, of western North America, exhibits a marked variability in the length of the subcosta, ranging from specimens where the vein ends opposite the origin of the sector, to others where it extends notably beyond. The question arises: is this a Dicranomyia or a Limnobia, in the sense of Bergroth? Indeed, what is apparently the same, or a very closely related, species was desneiied later on by Dr. Williston as Lim- nobia concinna. I have stated elsewhere, and maintain again, that when the fauna of the world is considered, the only characters that are available for distinguishing Limnobia from Dicranomyia are so slight as to be difficult of definition, yet perceptible. In such cases the student has to depend largely on the habitus of the species concerned. This, of course, brings in intuition and the personal opinion of the authority, but the only other course left is to refer all of these genera, Dicranomyia, Rhipidia, Peri- pheroptera, Dapanoptera, Goniodineura, Libnotes, etc., to Limnobia. A somewhat similar condition obtains in the Eriopterini, and here Dr. Bergroth has deplored the possibility of lumping the complex into one or few genera. I, likewise, believe that this is to be done only as a last resort. The constant accession of exotic Tipulide has by no means eased _ the burden of the taxonomist and the difficulty of exactly defining genera is even greater than it was a half century ago, at the time of the appearance of Osten Sacken’s monograph. Recently the writer has undertaken a study of the immature stages of the Tipulide and related families. Representatives of over seventy species, including forty genera and all the tribes and major groups, have been obtained. A careful study of this material has thrown much light on the subject of classification, and it seems that its continuance will do much toward solving the problem. The Tesults of this see will appear in another paper. 14 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLII Lecteria Osten Sacken Lecteria OSTEN SACKEN, 1887, Berliner Ent. Zeitschr., XX XI, part 2, p. 206. Lecteria africana, new species Plate IV, Figure 2 Coloration brownish yellow or brownish gray, the mesonotal prescutum with narrow, indistinct stripes; pseudosutural fovezs conspicuous; legs reddish brown with the tips of the segments darker; wings pale yellow, deepest along the costa; pale gray and dark brown spots at the forks and tips of many of the Moa J abdomen very elongate, reddish brown. Male.—Length, 29-30 mm.; wing, 22-23 mm.; abdomen, 24 mm.; hind leg, femur, 13.3 mm.; tibia, 12.4 ina tarsus, 11.2 mm. Rostrum soak palpi dark bec Antennz with the first scapal smash dark brown, faintly gray pruinose; second segment brown; flagellum pale brownish yellow; first scapal segment elongate, as long as the succeeding three taken together; basal flagellar segments rounded or oval, beyond the fourth elongate-oval with long, delicate verticils. Head with the eyes large, protuberant; vertex moderate in width; head strongly narrowed behind, light brownish gray with delicate transverse lines; an indistinct narrow, median longitudinal stripe. Mesonotum large. Prescutum brownish yellow, sometimes slightly grayish, with three indistinct stripes that are narrowly and indistinctly margined with darker; the middle stripe is bisected by a narrow dark brown stripe; pseudosutural fovex large, subreniform, dark brown; scutum yellow or slightly grayish, the lobes a little darker medially; scutellum small, brownish yellow, narrowly brown medially, with numerous long yellow hairs; postnotum grayish yellow with a narrow dark brown median stripe. Pleura brownish gray. Halteres brown, the knobs darker. Legs with the cox# brownish gray; trochanters brown; femora and tibie reddish brown, the tips narrowly dark brown; two basal segments of the tarsi reddish tipped with dark; apical tarsal segments dark brown; tibie# unarmed. Wings pale yellow,- the costal region more intensely yellow; small dark brown seams at r, Sea, base of R4+5 and base of 2s; paler brown seams at the tip of Ra, fork of M,+2 and less indistinctly at the ends of most of the longitudinal veins and along Cu. Venation: Sc very long, almost as long as R; Rs very long, greatly arcuated at its origin and running very close to Ri, even more than is usual in the genus; basal deflection of R4 +5 short, strongly arcuated; Rez long, strongly upcurved at the tip; r inserted on Rg near its base and on FR a short distance from the tip; cell 1st Mz elongate, irregularly | hexagonal; petiole of cell M, a little longer than this cell; fusion of Ms and Cw slight. Abdomen very long, reddish brown, the lateral margins of the tergites narrowly dark brown; seventh tergite with a narrow brown or black median stripe; abdominal segments with numerous yellow set#; a narrow basal ring on either side destitute of seta, Hatitat.—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— #; Faradje, 29° 40’ 0., 3° 40’ N.; January 1913, (Lang and Chapin Coll.) Paratopotypes.— fo; January 1913 and April 1911, Paratype.— i; Bagboro, 29° K., 4° 18’ N.; October 16, 1911. a ee 1920) Alexander, Tipulide from the Belgian Congo 15 The hitherto known species of this genus are Neotropical but the occurrence of undescribed forms in Africa was mentioned by the writer some years ago (1913, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLIV, p. 493). The re- semblance of L. africana to species of the tropical American genus Psaronius Enderlein and especially to the genotype, P. obscurus (Fabricius), isstriking and difficult of explanation. In the paper just cited I expressed the belief that the two genera are confluent but they seem to be readily separable, the species of Psaronius having very long tibial spurs while the tibie in Lecteria are entirely unarmed. The similarity in venation and general habitus is remarkable. Tipuline Meaistocera Wiedemann Megistocera WimpEMANN, 1828, Aussereur. Zweifl. Ins., I, p. 55. Megistocera bicauda Speiser Megistocera bicauda SrrtsER, 1909, in Sjéstedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru Exped., I, part 10, pp. 538 and 54. Type locality: Mombo in Usambara. A single female that agrees well with Speiser’s description, except as to the color of the abdomen, which is dark brown above, the basal tergites with a rather bright yellowish brown median stripe which becomes obsolete about the fourth segment. Belgian Congo: Stanleville, 25° 15’ E., 0° 30’ N.; February 1915. (Lang and Chapin Coll.) Trputa Linnzus' Tipula Linn.xus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 585. Tipula dolichopezoides, new subspecies Plate IV, Figure 3 General coloration dark brown, the prescutum without distinct stripes; pleura ' yellow with indistinct brownish blotches; legs dark brown; wings with a brown tinge, most intense along the anterior margin to beyond the wing apex; a pale area before and beyond the stigma and in cell 1st M2; cell 1st M2 small, pentagonal; abdomen banded brown and yellow. Fémale.—Length, about 12 mm.; wing, 11.8 mm.; middle leg, femur, 8.3 mm.; tibia, 9 mm.; hind leg, femur, 8.6 mm.; tibia, 8.7 mm. 1Tipula brunettiana, new name for Tipula splendens a cag we Fauna British India, Wiehe St (India); non Tipula splendens Doane, 1901, Jou _ ¥. Ent. Soc., p. 107 ni ates 16 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII Frontal prolongation of the head short, brownish yellow above, the sides darker brown; nasus represented only by a few stout hairs. Palpi moderately elongated, dark brown, paler at the joints. Antenne with the scape light yellow; first flagellar segment elongate, yellow; remaining segments brown, the basal portion a little darker; flagellum with long verticils. Head broad behind, dark brown, the front and the anterior portion of the vertex yellowish. Mesonotum dark brown without distinct stripes; abundant long black hairs on the interspaces. Pleura dull yellow, indistinctly marked with brown, the mesopleura largely dark; a dark area on the mesosternum between the middle and hind coxe. Halteres slender, dark brown, the extreme base and apex paler. Legs with the coxz and trochanters yellow; remainder of the legs dark brown. Wings with a slight brown tinge; the costal region, including the wing apex, dark brown; broad brown seams along the cord and less distinctly along the longitudinal veins; a pale oblitera- tive area before and beyond the oval dark brown stigma and another completely filling the small cell 1st Me. Venation: Rs short, gently arcuated, only a little longer than R2+3; Re long, persistent, bisecting the outer obliterative area; cell /st Me very small, pentagonal; cell M, long-petiolate, the petiole about equal to Rz+3; fusion of Cu; and M3+4 rather extensive, beginning at the fork of M. Abdominal tergites dark brown, excepting the broad basal and lateral margins. Sternites yellow, the segments with the posterior margin rather broadly ringed with brown; a narrow sub-basal transverse band of brown. Female ovipositor rather large, with a long dorsal basal shield, castaneous; the tergal valves elongate, slender, divergent apically, with the tips rounded; sternal valves a little shorter, compressed, the tips subacute. Habitat.—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— 9 ; Stanleyville, 25° 15’ E., 0° 30’ N.; February 1915. (Lang and Chapin Coll.) This small species curiously suggests the genus Oropeza Needham, but is apparently a true Tipula. Its resemblance to certain African species of Dolichopeza, belonging to the subgenus T'richodolichopeza Alexander, is also noteworthy. Tipula langi, new species Plate LV, Figure 4 General coloration dark brown; pronotal scutum narrow and very high; a rounded dark brown spot on the margin of the prescutum at about mid-length; seutellum yellow; wings brownish gray, a brown seam along r-m and the basal deflection of Cu; abdomen reddish brown, with a dark brown lateral stripe. Female.—Length, about 18.5 mm.; wing, 19.5 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head elongate, dark brown above, paler, reddish yellow on the sides; nasus elongate, slender; palpi dark brown, Antenne with the scape brown; first flagellar segment elongate, dark brown, the base a little paler; remainder of the flagellum broken. Head dark brown. Pronotum dark brown, the scutum highly projecting. Mesonotal prescutum yellowish brown, brighter auteriorly; a narrow indistinct median brown line; a rounded blackish spot on the lateral margin of the prescutum at about mid-length an bc ce kell ee eee 1920] Alexander, Tipulide from the Belgian Congo 17 and just behind the pseudosutural fovee; scutum dark blackish brown, the centers of the lobes yellowish brown; scutellum yellowish brown; postnotum similar, the basal third dark brown. Pleura dull yellowish brown, the region near the anterior spiracle more cinereous; a dark brownish black area on the lateral regions of the postnotum behind the wing-root. Halteres elongate, dark brown, the knobs brighter reddish. Legs with the coxe# and trochanters dull yellowish; femora and tibie reddish brown, the tips dark brown; tarsi dark brown. Wings with a strong brown- ish gray tinge, the costal region more brownish; stigma dark brown, narrow; a narrow brown seam along r—m and the basal deflection of Cu. Venation: Rs shorter than R,+;; R2 present but weak and cell R; consequently small and with its inner end acute; R; short, straight; cell 1st M, large, ample. Abdominal tergites reddish brown, a little brighter basally; lateral margins of the segments broadly blackish, producing a dark lateral stripe; an indistinct blackish median spot near the base of the segments; sternites yellowish. Female ovipositor with the tergal valves very long and slender, the inner margin at the base fringed with long hairs; sternal valves short, compressed, pale yellow, the tips broadly rounded. Habitat.—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— 9 ; Avakubi, 27° 40’ E., 1° 20’ N.; Oct. 4-8, 1909. (Lang and Chapin Coll.) This species is closest to 7’. jocosa Alexander (Cape Colony) in the peculiar venation, but cell R, is smaller and with its inner end even more acute, while cell 1st Mz is comparatively small. Tipula langi rubricapilla, new subspecies Female.—Length, 18 mm.; wing, 17 mm. Differs from the typical langi as follows: the head is much brighter in color, reddish, as is also the dorsal shield of the ovipositor. The flagellum is brownish black, the segments rather elongated and with long verticils. The high pronotal scutum is broadly yellow medially, the sides dark brown, the mesonotum largely dark, but the scutellum is entirely yellow. Pleura yellowish, with extensive dark brown markings including the propleura, most of the mesopleura and the outer face of the coxe. Abdomen dark brown, especially on the sternites. Habitat.—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— 9; Medje, 27° 30’ E., 2° 25’ N.; Sept. 1-7, 1910. (Lang and Chapin Coll.) Pupa of Tipula Species A large tipuline pupa was secured by Dr. Joseph Bequaert in the Butagu Valley at 2200 meters, western slope of Mt. Ruwenzori. The specimen was taken in April 1914 from wet moss near a brook. There can be little doubt but that the specimen belongs to a large species of the restricted genus Tipula Linneus but any further determination is im- possible at this time. The fly that would emerge from this pupa would 18 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII be almost as large as Tipula abdominalis (Say) of northeastern North America. It would naturally be expected that this might be the pupa of the large and vigorous Ctenacroscelis albovittatus (Macquart) which has an extensive range in eastern Africa, but the venation of the wing- pad precludes this reference. This specimen may be briefly described as follows: : A B Cc Fig. 1. Details of pure of Tipula species from Mt. Ruwenzori. A, pronotal horn; B, ventral aspect of the caudal end; C, lateral aspect of the caudal end. Pupa.—Length, 37 mm. Width, dextro-sinistral, at the wing-pad, 5.2 mm. Depth, dorso-ventral, at the wing-pad, 5.3 mm. Pronotal breathing horn, 2.5 mm. Coloration of the alcholic pupa very dark reddish brown. The specimen was evidently nearly ready to emerge when it was killed. Labral sheath very broad, transversely wrinkled Sheaths of the maxillary palpi strongly recurved at their tips. Pronotal breathing-horns short, equal in length, cylindrical, the tips slightly. expanded (Fig. 1A). The mesonotum is ex- pansive, with about eight prominent but depressed tubercles, the anterior four of which extend across the dorsum in a semicircular transverse row; the outermost pair are located just above the root of the wing. Wing-sheaths showing the venation clearly, vein R2 not dipping strongly toward vein Rs; cell M; petiolate; vein m-cu short or punctiform. Wing-sheaths reaching the base of the third abdominal seg- ment. Leg-sheaths attaining the base of the fourth abdominal segment, the fore tarsal sheaths shorter than the other legs. Abdothinal tergites with a row of twelve small spines across the caudal margin of the posterior ring, on either side of the median line with an additional slightly larger spine grouped close to two of the series to form a close triangle. Pleurites with a large spine on the anterior ring and two small spines placed side by side on the posterior ring. Abdominal sternites with about eleven spines on the posterior ring, the two outermost on either end of the row small and paired; two widely separated larger spines on the basal half of the posterior ring. Female cauda sur- rounded by ten powerful spines, four being on the sternum of the eighth segment, two on the pleura of the eighth segment and four larger spines, set close together, located at the base of the ninth tergum (Fig. 1 B and C). In addition to the four 1920} Alexander, Tipulide from the Belgian Congo 19 tergal spines there is an additional long,powerful lobe on either side at the base of the tergal valves, these directed caudad and slightly dorsad. Tergal valves of the ovipositor considerably longer than the sternal valves. Specimen in the collection of the American Museum. NEPHROTOMA Meigen Nephrotoma Metcen, 1803, Illiger’s Mag., II, p. 262. Nephrotoma chapini, new species Plate IV, Figure 5 Head orange-yellow, including the frontal prolongation; no dark occipital mark; mesonotum dull yellow with three broad black stripes; scutellum and post- notum yellow, the apical third of the latter black; pleura yellow, spotted with brown; wings brownish yellow, the cord indistinctly seamed with brown; abdomen yellow, transversely banded with black. Female.—Length, 15 mm.; wing, 12.4 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head very short, yellow; nasus short with a tuft of long black hair; palpi dark brown. Antenne with the first segment yellow; second segment dark brown; flagellum very dark brown. Head rich orange-yellow, duller . on the genx; vertical tubercle rather prominent; no shiny area on occiput. Pronotum broadly yellow, the sides dark brownish black. Mesonotum dull yellow with three very broad black stripes that are almost confluent behind, sepa- rated only by a very indistinct line of chestnut brown; the space before the lateral stripe triangular, dull yellow; scutum almost entirely black, the median area paler; scutellum dull brownish yellow, the sides darker; postnotum yellow, the apical third dark brownish black. Pleura yellow, the mesepimeron paler, almost whitish; a large brown spot on the mesepisternum and another on the mesosternum, suffusing the base of the middle coxe. Halteres dark brown, the extreme base and the knobs a little paler. Legs with the coxe more or less infumed with brown, darkest on the posterior coxe, which are almost entirely of that color; trochanters dull yellow; femora black, the basal portion yellowish, this narrowest on the fore femora, broadest on the hind femora; tibiz and tarsi black. Wings with a strong grayish yellow tinge, costal area a little brighter; stigma brown; the cord and the longitudinal veins indistinctly seamed with very pale brown. Venation: Rs very short, scarcely longer than the basal deflection of Ry+5; cell M, broadly sessile. Abdominal tergites banded black and yellow, the first tergite and the apical half of segments two to four black, the apical two-thirds of segment five black; all of segment six black except a small yellow spot on the sides at the base; segment seven entirely black; segment eight yellow, margined with black; segment nine yellow; ovipositor chestnut; lateral margins of the tergites broadly dark brownish black; sternites approximately similar to the tergites. Habitat—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— 9 ; Stanleyville, 25° 15’ E., 0° 30’ N.; February 1915. (Lang and Chapin Coll.) 20 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII In its banded abdomen this species suggests N. tigrina Alexander of Portuguese East Africa (1917, Ann. South African Mus., XVII, pp. 177-179) but in other respects there is not a great resemblance between the two. Nephrotoma ruwenzoriana, new species Plate IV, Figure 6 Head orange-yellow, the frontal prolongation black above; thorax entirely blue-black except the basal two-thirds of the postnotum which are orange-yellow; halteres and legs black; wings strongly infumed with blackish; abdomen blatk with only the last segment tedidixh. Female.—Length, 17.5 mm.; wing, 12.8 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head short, jet black above, reddish yellow on the sides; nasus long, slender, black; palpishort, black. Antenne with the first segment brownish orange; second segment brown; flagellar segments black. Head orange- yellow, the occiput with a brown triangular mark that runs forward onto the vertex. Pronotum very dark reddish brown; mesonotum entirely deep blue-black with only the basal two-thirds of the postnotum bright yellow. Pleura blue-black. Halteres and legs black. Wings broad, strongly tinged with blackish, especially along the costal region and on the basal third, whence it is continued outward along veins Cu and 2nd A; stigma dark brown; tip of the wing darkened, a broad seam along the cord. Venation: Rs short, straight, oblique; cell Mj, rather narrowly ° sessile. Abdomen entirely blue-black, with the exception of the ninth segment and the valves of the ovipositor, which are yellowish chestnut. Habitat.—Belgian Congo. Holotype.— 2 ; Mt. Ruwenzori, 29° 50’ E., 0° 30’ N., on the western ner in the Butagu Valley at 3000 m.; April 15, 1914. (J. Bequaert Coll.) Most closely related to N. fuscipennis (Karsch) from Portuguese West Africa (1886, Ent. Nachricht., XII, pp. 52 and 53). The two species may be separated by the following key: 1. Female with the scutellum yellowish red; a yellow spot on pleura above the middle cox; second and third abdominal segments more or less yellowish TOM, . s:6:c'sisie wap a aaah es seb hindi N. fuscipennis (Karsch), Female with the scutellum black; pleura and abdomen uniformly blue- TURK, «5.1.0 ois one acbin ade eeione ss cae ea N. ruwenzoriana, new species. ‘sotoeds Mou ‘puDwozuamns DUOpLydaNT JO BUIM “9 “BIA ‘sotoeds Mou ‘sapiozadoyoyop vyndty jo Buty ‘“g ‘BIW ‘satoeds mou ‘tuzdnys Dwoposydayy jO BUIMA «SG BIT ‘setveds Mou ‘nuDoifo DWapeT JO BUIM «ZBL ‘sowoeds mou ‘26un) nyndty jo Bum ‘p ‘Big ‘soroeds mou ‘stsuaobuos viqouwV] JO Zum “1 “BI *(u194Shg UTeYPe2 N-Y90}sUIOD) suleA [VUY= V ‘snyIqnD= np ‘vIpey= p ‘snipey = y !vysooqng= og sng V Pe ¢ x AI SLY ‘TITTX “TOA ‘HN WY Nearing ba ee ee eS ao ! - 59.57,4 (67.5) Article III—NEUROPTERA, PANORPATA, AND TRICHOPTERA COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION, WITH LISTS OF THE SPECIES KNOWN FROM THE BELGIAN CONGO! By NatuHan BANKS ‘The collections brought from the Congo by Messrs. Lang and Chapin contain nineteen species of true Neuroptera, one of Panorpata, and five of Trichoptera. Many of these forms are widely distributed in tropical Africa, but the collection, small as it is, adds several species to the fauna of the Belgian Congo. A list of the Congo species hitherto known from the three orders here considered has been compiled by Dr. J. Bequaert and incorporated in the paper. While the neuropterous fauna of that country is too incompletely known to give much informa- tion with regard to its affinities, yet the occurrence of several forms from southern Abyssinia in the extreme northeastern Congo Basin, as shown by this collection, is noteworthy. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PLACES MENTIONED IN THIS PAPER? Barumbu.—1° 10’ N., 23° 20’ E. Lisala.—2° 10’ N., 21° 30’ E. Beni.—0° 30’ N., 29° 30’ E. Matadi.—5° 50’ S., 13° 35’ E. Bumba.—2° 10’ N., 22° 30’ E. Medje.—2° 25’ N., 27° 30’ E. Faradje.—3° 40’ N., 29° 40’ E. Niangara.—3° 40’ N., 27° 50’ E, Garamba.—4° 10’ N., 29° 40’ E. Rungu.—3° N., 28° E. Kabare.—0° 35’ S., 29° 30’ E. Rutshuru.—1° 15’ S., 29° 30’ E, Kasindi.—0°, 29° 40’ E. Stanleyville—0° 30’ N., 25° 15’ E. NEUROPTERA Myrmeleonide Patpares Rambur 1. Palpares hamatus Kolbe Palpares hamatus Kouse, 1898, Entom. Zeitg. Stettin, LIX, p. 232. Twenty-four specimens: Faradje, November 1912; Niangara, November 1910; Rungu, October 1910. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Described from Abyssinia. According to P. Esben-Petersen, 1916, Ark. f. Zool., X, No. 15, p. 10, this is a synonym of P. tigris Dalman; if the other synonymy Scientific Results of the Congo Expedition. Entomology, No. 4. 2Most of these localities are shown on the map accompanying the reports on Congo Vespid (1918, a are Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XIX, p. 9) and on land mollusks (1919, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Ps : : 21 22 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII proposed by that author prove correct, the species has a wide distribu- tion on the African continent. Navas’ genus Nosa (1911, Rev. Zool. Afric., I, p. 239) is based on a specimen of this species. 2. Palpares abyssinicus Kolbe Palpares abyssinicus Ko.px, 1898, Entom. Zeitg. Stettin, LIX, p. 233. Six specimens: Barumbu, July 1909; Niangara, November 1910; Faradje, December 1910. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Abyssinia, Eritrea. 3. Palpares latro Nav4s Palpares latro NavAs, 1911, Rev. Zoolog. Afric., I, p. 238, Pl. xv1, fig. 3. One specimen: Niangara, April 1913. This species was described from a specimen without locality, prob- ably from Central Africa; no other records of it have been published thus far. But, according to P. Esben-Petersen (1916, Ark. f. Zool., X, No. 15, p. 11), it is identical with P. festivus Gersteecker. Centrociisis Nav4s, 1909 [(=Sogra Navas, 1912) 4. Centroclisis mordax (Navas) Sogra mordax Nav&s, 1912, Mem. R. Ac. Cienc. Barcelona, (3) X, p. 151, fig. 7. One specimen: Matadi, June 1915. : Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Described from German East Africa. According to P. Esben-Petersen (1916, Ark. f. Zool., X, No. 15, p. 14) a synonym of C. distincta (Rambur) which has a wide range in Africa. Myrmeteon Linné 5. Myrmeleon obscurus Rambur Myrmeleon obscurus Rampur, 1842, Hist. Nat. Ins. Névroptéres, p. 403. * One specimen: Stanleyville, March 1915. Recorded from the Kasai (Lukombe, Dima), Manyema (Kibombo), and Katanga (Bukama).—A common species in tropical and South Africa. Cueta Nayvis 6. Cueta mysteriosa (Gerstecker) Myrmeleon mysteriosus GuersrvmcKer, 1894, Mitth, naturw. Ver. Neu-Vorpom- mern, XXV (1893), p. 141. 1920] | Banks, Congo Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera 23 One specimen: Niangara, April 1913. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—German and British East Africa. . Nevroteon Navas | 7. Neuroleon filiformis (Gerstzcker) Myrmeleon filiformis Gerstmcker, 1885, Mitth. naturw. Ver. Neu-Vorpom- mern, XVI, p. 31. One specimen: Faradje, January 1913. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Sierra Leone, Cameroon, French Congo. ‘ FORMICALEON Banks 8. Formicaleon harpalyce Banks Formicaleon harpalyce BAnxs, 1911, Ann. Entom. Soc. America, IV, p. 17. Four specimens: Niangara, November 1910; Faradje, December 1910. . Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Togo. 9. Formicaleon turbidus (NavAs) Formicaleo turbidus Nav4s, 1915, Mem. Acc. Rom. Nuovi Lincei, X XXIII, ms.13, Two specimens: Medje, March 1910; Stanleyville, March 1915. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Described from the Congo without more definite mention of locality; probably from the French Congo. Macronemvrvs Costa 10. Macronemurus lepidus Kolbe Macronemurus lepidus Kose, 1898, Deutsch Ost Afr., IV, Netzfliigler, p. 23. ; Two specimens: Kabare, August 1914 (J. Bequaert Coll.); Faradje, December 1912. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—German East Africa. | Creacris Hagen 11. Creagris nubifer Kolbe Creagris nubifer Kousn, 1898, Deutsch Ost Afr., IV, Netzfliigler, p. 25. One specimen: between Beni and Kasindi, August 1914 (J. Bequaert Coll.). ; 24 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Known from the northeastern Congo (Kinjawanga, north of Lake Albert Edward, a locality close to Beni) and Katanga (Bunkeya).— Togo, Abyssinia, German and British East Africa, South Africa. 12. Creagris africana (Rambur) Myrmeleon africanus RamBur, 1842, Hist. Nat. Ins. Névroptéres, p. 395. Eleven specimens: Faradje, January 1913; Niangara, November 1910. . Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—Widely distrib- uted in Africa south of the Sahara. CrmoTHates Gerstzecker 13. Cymothales johnstoni Kirby Cymothales johnstoni Krrspy, 1902, in H. Johnston, The Uganda Protectorate, I, p. 469. One specimen: Stanleyville, March 1915. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—The species was known from Uganda (Entebbe) only. This is the only specimen I have seen, except the type, with which it agrees closely. It is most nearly related to C. dulcis Gersteecker, but is paler throughout. Ascalaphidee Tmesripasis MacLachlan 14. Tmesibasis waelbroecki van der Weele Tmesibasis waelbroecki van der Weele, 1908, Cat. Coll. Zoolog. de Selys Long- champs, Fasc. 8, Ascalaphiden, p. 92, fig. 58. . Garamba, June 1912. Known only from the Belgian Congo: Kinshasa. Heuticomitus MacLachlan 15. Helicomitus festivus (Rambur) Bubo festivus Rampur, 1842, Hist. Nat. Ins. Névroptéres, p. 356. Three specimens: Niangara, November 1910; Faradje, November 1912. Recorded from the Manyema(Kibombo, 245 kilom.south of Kindu), Uele (Bambili) and Katanga (Bukama, Watura-Katwe, Kapiri).— A common species in Africa from the Senegal and Egypt to Natal; also on Madagascar. 1920] Banks, Congo Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera 25 16. Helicomitus rutilus (Gerstecker) Suphalasca rutila GerstacKer, 1894, Mitth. naturw. Ver. Neu-Vorpommern, - XXYV (1893), p. 105. Two specimens: Faradje, December 1912. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo, but doubtfully distinct from H. festivus, with which it is united by van der Weele (1908, Cat. Coll. Zoolog. de Selys Longchamps, Fasc. 8, p. 175).— German East Africa. DIsPAROMITUS van der Weele 17. Disparomitus bacillus (Gersteecker) Suphalasca bacillus Gprst@cKER, 1885, Mitth. naturw. Ver, Neu-Vorpommern, XVI, p. 5. Three specimens: Medje, April 1910. Recorded from the Lower Congo (Congo da Lemba). a, West African species: Togo, Sierra Leone, Cameroon, French Congo. Chrysopidz Curysopa Leach 18. Chrysopa bequaerti Navas Chrysopa bequaerti Navas, 1912, Rev. Zoolog. Afric., I, p. 409, fig. 4. One specimen: Faradje, November 1912. Known from the Belgian Congo only, where it is recorded in the Lower Congo (Kitobola) and Katanga (Kongolo). NotHocurysa MacLachlan 19. Nothochrysa rufostigma (MacLachlan) ' Chrysopa rufostigma MacLacuian, 1868, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., [X, p. 253. One specimen: Faradje, November 1912. Not previously recorded from the Belgian Congo.—South Africa.. NEUROPTERA RECORDED FROM THE BELGIAN CONGO Myrmeleonide PatparREs Rambur Africa, Madeira, Southern Europe, Persia, India. - Palpares abyssinicus Kolbe. See above. Palpares egrotus Gersteecker.—Congo (?) 26 Bulletin American Museum of Naturai History [Vol, XLIII Palpares bayeri Navis.—Northeastern Congo (Beni). Probably a synonym of . P. obsoletus Gerstecker. ' Palpares cognatus Rambur.—Belgian Congo. Palpares hamatus Kolbe. . See above. Palpares ictericus Navés.—Lower Congo — Probably a synonym of P. egrotus Gerstecker. Palpares latipennis Rambur. —Lower Cana (Banana), between Leopoldville and Stanleyville. Palpares latro Navas. See above. Palpares nigrescens Navis.—Katanga (Sankisia). Palpares normalis Navés.— Katanga. Palpares obsoletus Gersteecker.—Stanley Pool. Palpares radiatus Rambur.—Congo (?). Palpares stuhlmanni Kolbe.—Northeastern Congo (Vichimibi). Palpares tigris Dalman.—Katanga (Punga, Sankisia). According to P. Esben- Petersen, Nosa leonina Navas was based on an aberrant specimen of the same species. See above., f PALPARELLUS NavAs Africa. P. Esben-Petersen (1916, op. cit., p. 11) is of the opinion that this is not generically distinct from Palpares. Palparellus obscuripennis (FE. Schmidt).—Kasai, Katanga (Lusindoi). Hacenomyia Banks (=Nelees Navas) Hagenomyia imperator (Navas).—Katanga (Kapiri). Hagenomyjia indistincta (Navds).—Katanga (Sankisia). Hagenomyia lyncea (Fabricius).—Kasai (Lukombe). Hagenomyia tristis (Hagen).—Lower Congo (Kunga, Leopoldville, Tchoa), Kasai (Lukombe), Katanga (Kongolo, Katwamba, Katolo, Kapiri, Shinsenda). Syncenes Kolbe Syngenes longicornis (Rambur).—Congo (?). Centrociisis Navis (including Sogra Navas), Africa, Centroclisis brachygaster (Rambur),—Lower Congo (Leopoldville), Kasai (Lulua- bourg). Centroclisia lineatipennis (Peringuey).—Kasai (Hemptinne-St.-Benoft near Luluabourg). Centroclisis mordax Navas. See above. Centroclisis perversa (Navas).—Uele. Centroclisis rufeacens (Gerstwcker) —Lake Albert. 1920] - Banks, Congo Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera MyrMeteon Linné Cosmopolitan. Myrmeleon atlas Banks.—Northeastern Congo (Kwidjwi). Myrmeleon lethifer Walker.—Northeastern Congo (Kwidjwi). Myrmeleon obscurus Rambur. See above. Myrmeleon simplicissimus Gerstecker.—Katanga (Kapiri). Gymno.teon Banks Africa, Gymnoleon (?)cognatus Navés.—Katanga (Bukama). Gipretta Navas Africa. Gibrella congolana Navds.—Katanga (Kapiri). Macroteon Banks Macroleon polyzonus (Gerstecker).—Equator (Busira). Creacris Hagen Creagris africanus (Rambur). See above. Creagris nubifer Kolbe. See above. Netesa Navas Neteja sollicita Naviés.—Katanga (Kapiri). ForRMICALEON Banks Formicaleon harpalyce Banks. See above. Formicaleon lethalis (Walker.—Kasai (Dima), Lake Leopold II, Katanga. Formicaleon recurvus (Navads).—Kasai (Lodima). Formicaleon scolius (Navés).—Lower Congo (Congo da Lemba). Formicaleon turbidus (Navis). See above. Formicaleon tholloni (Navads).—Kasai. GRIALA Navas Griala macilenta Navads,—Katanga (Kapiri). Nemo.eon Navis Nemoleon kitwanus (Kolbe).—Northeastern Congo (Kwidjwi). , Macronemourus Costa Macronemurus interruptus Kolbe.—Northeastern Congo (Buginda). Macronemurus iolanthe Banks.—Belgian Congo. Macronemurus lepidus Kolbe. See above. 28 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Cyrmotuates Gerstecker Africa, including Madagascar. Cymothales congolensis Navis.—Katanga (Kapiri). Cymothales delicatus Banks.—Congo (?). Cymothales johnstoni Kirby. See above. Cymothales liberiensis van der Weele.—Lower Congo (Lukula). Cymothales mirabilis Gersteecker—Congo (?). Mossa Navas Africa. ' Mossa externa Navés.—Katanga (Bukama). Mauta Navas Africa. Maula stigmatus Navés.—Katanga (Kalengwe). Cueta Navas Cueta cridai Navdés.—Kasai. Cueta mysteriosa (Gersteecker.) See above. Cueta punctatissima (Gerstzecker).—Katanga (Elisabethville), Cueta styczynskii Navés.—Lower Congo (Boma). . Nevro.eon Navas Neuroleon alcidice (Banks) (=Creagris latens Navds).—Lower Congo (Boma, Kitobola, Leopoldville), Katanga (Bukama). Neuroleon filiformis (Gerstecker). See above. Nyutus Navis Nyutus lombardi Navaés.—Lower Congo (Matadi). Banyvutus Navis Banyulus acutus Navés.—Katanga (Katwamba, Kapiri, Lubumbashi River), Banyutus insidiosus Navds.—Katanga (Katwamba, Kapiri), Banyutus lethalis (Walker).—Katanga (Kasenga). Banyutus maynei Navés.—Lower Congo (Malela). Banyutus newer Navéis —Katanga (Katolo). Nemopteride : Nemopistaa Navis Africa, Nemopistha hennini Navés.—Belgian Congo; exact locality unknown, 1920) . Banks, Congo Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera 29 Ascalaphide AtLocormopes MacLachlan Africa. Allocormodes intractabilis (Walker).—Lower Congo (Lukula), [Kwango (Popa- cabacca), Kasai (Kondue, Lodima). TmesiBasis MacLachlan Africa. T mesibasis alberti Navis.—Katanga (Kasenga). T'mesibasis waelbroecki van der Weele. See above. Sunpatacsa Lefébvre Australia, Malayan Archipelago, West Africa. Suhpalacsa haullevillei (Navds).—Kasai (Dima). Suhpalacsa recondita (Navds).—Lower Congo (Malela). Suhpalacsa subcostalis (Navds).—Kasai (Dima). Heticomitus MacLachlan Africa, Southern Asia. Helicomitus (?) bequaerti Navés.—Katanga (Sankisia). Helicomitus festivus (Rambur). See above. Nanomitus Navas Africa. Nanomitus sellatus Navis.—Katanga (Lukonzo). DisPparomitus van der Weele Africa. . Disparomitus bacillus (Gersteecker). See above. Disparomitus longus Navis.—Katanga (Kapiri). Nacacta Navas ; Africa. Nagacta leplaei Navés —Katanga (Kapiri). Nagacta schoutedent Navds.—Katanga (Kapiri). NeprHoneurA MacLachlan Africa. Nephoneura clavata Navdis.—Katanga (Lukonzolwa). Encyoposis MacLachlan Africa. Encyoposis hemistigma van der Weele.—Katanga (Sankisia). Encyoposis nigrostigma Navés.—Northeastern Congo (Gangara between Dungu and Faradje). 30 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History — (Vol. XLIII Puatascusa Kolbe Africa. Phalascusa vassei van der Weele.—Katanga (Kasenga, Elisabethville). Dicotpus Gersteecker Tropical Africa. oi Dicolpus volucris Gersteecker—Manyema (Nyangwe). Osmylide Lysmus Navas ‘Lysmus leucomatodes Navis.—Congo (?). Mantispide Necyta Navas Necyla cercata Navds.—Katanga (Mufungwa-Sampwe). Necyla perparva (Esben—Petersen).—Lower Congo (Boma). Mantispitta Enderlein Mantispilla umbripennis Navés.—Katanga (Elisabethville). Hemerobiidz Nosysus Navis Nosybus nobilis Navas.—Katanga (Bukama). Chrysopidee Curysopa Leach Chrysopa bequaerti Navas. See above. Chrysopa congrua Walker.—Lower Congo (Ganda Sundi). Chrysopa ducissa Navdés.—Katanga (Kapiri). NotHocurysa MacLachlan Nothochrysa rufostigma (MacLachlan). See above. Nothochrysa temerata Navdés.—Katanga (Kapiri). PANORPATA Bittacusidee Birracus Latreille 1. Bittacus weelei Msben-Petersen Bittacus weelei Esnun-Perensen, 1913, Rev. Zoolog, Afric., III, p. 142, figs. 7 and 8, 1920] Banks, Congo Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera . 31 One specimen: Rutshuru, September 1914 (J. Bequaert Coll.). Recorded from the Manyema (Kindu) and Katanga (Lubumbashi River) —German East Africa. PANORPATA RECORDED FROM THE BELGIAN CoNGO Bittacusida2 Birtacus Latreille Bittacus montanus van der Weele (B. schoutedeni Esben-Petersen).—North- eastern Congo (between Beni and Lesse), Katanga (Mufungwa), Manyema (Kindu, Vieux-Kassongo). Bittacus pobeguini Navias.—Katanga (Kongolo). Bittacus weelei Esben-Petersen. See above. TRICHOPTERA Polycentropide Dipseupopsis Walker 1. Dipseudopsis fasciata Brauer Dipseudopsis fasciata BRauER, 1875, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XXV, p. 69, Pl. rv, fig. 3. Faradje, March and November 1912. Recorded from various localities of the Belgian Congo: Lower Congo (Leopoldville), island of the Congo River at the confluence of the Ubangi River, Uele River.—Tropical Africa from the Senegal, Sudan and Abyssinia to Rhodesia and German East Africa, Hydropsychide Hypropsycuopes Ulmer 2. Hydropsychodes sexfasciata Ulmer Hydropsychodes seafasciata Utmer, 1904, Ark. f. Zool., I, p. 421, figs. 10-12. Stanleyville, January to March 1915. Recorded frém the Aruwimi River (Banalia).—Cameroon, Belgian Congo. ZETHALOPTERA Brauer 3. thaloptera dispar Brauer Aithaloptera dispar BRAUER, 1875, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XXV, p. 72, Pl 1v, figs. 4-4 e. Matadi, June 24, 1909; Stanleyville, March 1915. 32 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Lower Congo (Boma, Leopoldville, Kinshasa, Kwamouth), Middle Congo (Bolobo), Lake Albert Edward, Kwango (Popocabacca).—West Africa: Senegal, Cameroon, French Congo, Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, Belgian Congo. PoLyMorpPHANIscus Walker 4. Polymorphaniscus bipunctatus (Brauer) (Cstropsis bipunctata BRAvER, 1875, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XXV, p. 73. Bumba, May 15, 1915; Lisala, May 6, 1915. Common in the Belgian Congo: Lower Congo (Kinshasa, Boma), Middle Congo (Irebu), Kasai, Bangala, Aruwimi (Basoko).—Tropical Africa from the Niger and Anglo-Egyptian Sudan to Natal. PROTOMACRONEMA Ulmer 5. Protomacronema hyalinum Ulmer Protomacronema hyalinum Ulmer, 1904, Zool. Anzeiger, XXVIII, p. 354, fig. 1. Stanleyville, August 10, 1909. Common in the Belgian Congo: Lower Congo (Boma, Kinshasa, Leopoldville), Equator (Ikelemba, Baringa), Bangala (Umangi).— French Congo. TRICHOPTERA RECORDED FROM THE BELGIAN CoNGO Hydroptilide Caroxyetuira Ulmer Catoxyethira fasciata Ulmer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa). Polycentropidz NYCTIOPHYLAX Brauer Nyctiophylax occidentalis Ulmer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa). Protopipseupopsis Ulmer Protodipseudopsis sjastedti Ulmer.—Congo. Dieseupopsis Walker Dipseudopsis africana Ulmer.—Belgian Congo. Dipseudopsis fasciata Brauer. See above. Dipseudopsis lata Ulmer. Kasai (Dima), Dipseudopsis schoutedeni Lestage.—Belgian Congo. Dipseudopsis simplex Ulmer,—Belgian Congo, 59.57,34 (67.5) . Article IV.—AFRICAN STONE-FLIES AND MAY-FLIES COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION! By James G. NEEDHAM Puate V The few specimens of the above-named groups collected by the Congo Expedition have proved of very great interest and are described herewith. PLECOPTERA Two, or possibly three, species of stone-flies of the genus Neoperla were taken by Messrs. Lang and Chapin at Faradje, Belgian Congo, 29° 40’ E., 3° 40’ N. The African species of this genus are inadequately described. The first to be made known was Newman’s N. spio from Sierra Leone (Newman, 1839, p. 86). Six others are briefly characterized in an analytical key by Klapalek (1909 b, p. 218), four of them as new species, without any description other than diagnostic characters (some of which are mere color characters), without measurement, and without more specific designation of localities. Two species of the Congo Expedition collection are represented by both sexes and, in both, are so strongly marked that it seems possible to identify them with two that are named ‘in Klapalek’s key. These two are more fully characterized herewith. The third, somewhat larger, form (possible species) is represented by a single female in bad condition, and is specifically unidentifiable. NEoPERLA Needham Pseudoperla Banks, 1892, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XIX, p. 332 (preoccupied). Neoperla Nerpuam, 1905, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, p. 108. Klapalek’ 1909, Wien. Entom. Zeitg., XXVIII, p. 216. Ochthopetina ENDERLEIN, 1909, Entom. Zeitg. Stettin, LXX, p. 324. This genus includes all the African Plecoptera and is also fdund in America, India, Indomalaya, and Japan. It is the dominant genus of stone-flies in the tropics of the world. Since so little is known of the African Plecoptera the following list of . species described from the Ethiopian region may prove useful. The years and pages refer to the appended bibliography. 1§cientific Results of the Congo Expedition. Entomology, No. 5. 35 36 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLIII Neoperla africana Klapalek, 1909 a, p. 56.—Cameroon (Johann bey ck Kribi); German East Africa (Ukami, Langenburg). Neoperla camerunensis (Enderlein), 1909 a, p. 343.—Cameroon (Barombi); Belgian Congo (Kitobola). Neoperla conradti (Enderlein), 1909 a, p. 335.—Cameroon (Barombi). Neoperla didita (Enderlein), 1909 a, p. 345.—Cameroon (Barombi). Neoperla dubia Klapalek, 1909 b, p. 218.—Africa; Belgian Congo (Faradje). Neoperla excisa Klapalek, 1909 b, p. 218.—Africa; Belgian Congo (Faradje). Neoperla laticollis Klapalek, 1909 b, p. 218.—Africa. Neoperla leroiana Klapalek, 1911, p. 103.—Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Redjaf). Neoperla nigricauda Klapalek, 1909 a, p. 218. —Africa. Neoperla sjéstedti Klapalek, 1909 a, p. 55.—Mt. Kilimanjaro (Kibonoto, 1300— 1900 m.); Mt. Ruwenzori (western slope, at 2000 m.). Neoperla spio (Newman), 1839, p. 86.—Sierra Leone. Neoperla tenera (Navas), 1915, p. 4.—Abyssinia (Endessa, Haut Aouache). Neoperla transvaalensis (Enderlein), 1909 b, p. 402.—Transvaal (Zoutpansberg). Neoperla excisa Klapalek Plate V, Figures 13, 15 and 17 Length to wing tips 12 mm. Expanse 21 mm. in male. Color uniformly dull yellowish over body, wings, and appendages, the tips of the last hardly darker in color, the veins of the fore wings brownish. Ocelli large, close-set, these being separated by a space that is less than half the diameter of one of them, The distinctive characters of this species lie almost wholly in the secondary sexual characters. In the male, segment ten of the abdomen is divided on the mid-dorsal line, and the two anteriorly directed dorsal horns are slender, nearly smooth, approxi- mated in their basal half and divergent toward the tips. Between the bases of these horns, the free, flaplike, inner ends of the divided dorsum are thickly studded with minute, roundish, brown, button-like, chitinous nodules, covering the convex upper surface, one hundred or more on each flap. On the dorsum of the eighth segment a conic-triangular, brown, heavily chitinized process arises under the tips of the paired horns, and like them is directed forward. The tip of this median process is directed toward a shallow notch in the emarginate chitinized apical ring of abdominal seg- ment seven, and beside the emargination and beneath the tip of the process are a few larger and darker chitinous nodules. The female is similar to the male in coloration, slightly larger in size, and bears no well-marked external sex characteristics, the apical margin of the eighth abdominal segment on the ventral side is slightly emarginate toward the median line and more strongly chitinized over a minute and very shallow median concavity in this margin. The shell of the ovarian egg is marked by about eight to twelve straight, low longi- tudinal ridges that divide the surface into areas like the staves on a barrel, that extend over four-fifths the length of the egg, but that do not reach either the shell aperture at the micropyle or the more pointed opposite end. One male and one female. Faradje, Belgian Congo. 1920] Needham, African Stone-flies and May-flies 37 Neoperla dubia Klapalek Plate V, Figures 12, 14 and 16 Length to tip of wings 13 mm. Expanse 23 mm. in male. Color brownish, becoming yellowish below and on bases of all appendages. Legs yellowish, suffused with brown on knees externally and on tarsi beyond the basal segment. Both fore and hind wings smoky yellowish brown with dark brown veins. Like the preceding species the critical diagnostic characters are found in the genitalia. The horns on the dorsally cleft tenth abdominal segment are slender and parallel beyond their converging bases. Like the horns, the internal flaps between their bases are bare. The dorsum of the ninth segment is somewhat saddle-shaped, with a raised, broadly rounded area each side, that is studded with some forty to fifty setigerous punctures, bearing long divaricate bristles. At the rear of the seventh segment rises a long flattened conical process that is directed backward. Its tridentate tip lies between the tips of the paired horns. In the female the apical margin of the eighth abdominal segment is slightly produced in the mid-ventral line, in a minute, roundish, scale-like flap covering the genital aperture, and the tip of this scale-like portion shows a more or less evident median apical emargination. The lower portion of the oviduct is densely clothed within by minute conic prickles, whose points are directed outward. This chitin-lined portion is coiled several turns, and has a length equal to that of several abdominal segments. The shell of the egg of this species shows some thirty to forty very oblique longitudinal strix, spirally wound about it, and reaching to its obtuse ends. Several specimens of both sexes from Faradje, Belgian Congo. PLECOPTERA RECORDED FROM THE BELGIAN CONGO Perlide NEoreRLA Needham Neoperla camerunensis (Enderlein).—Lower Congo (Kitobola). Neoperla dubia Klapalek. See above. Neoperla excisa Klapalek. See above. Neoperla sjéstedti Klapalek.—Western slope of Mt. Ruwenzori, at 2000 m. Klapalek has also described three nymphs of Perlide taken in the Belgian Congo (forest 90 kilom. west of the southern shore of Lake Albert Edward) and Lestage has described and figured three additional species of nymphs from the Maba River, near Mlonda (western shore of Tanganyika). All these are undetermined species of Neoperla. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AFRICAN PLECOPTERA ENDERLEIN, G. 1909 a. Plecopterologische Studien, II. Entom. Zeitg. Stettin, LXX, pp. 324-352. 1909 b. Klassifikation der Plecopteren, sowie Diagnosen neuer Gattungen und Arten. Zoolog. Anz., XXIV, pp. 385-419, 6. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Kuapatex, F. 1909 a. Plecoptera. Zoolog. Ergebn. Sjéstedt Kilimandjaro Exp., IT, 14, 3, pp. 55-58. 1909 6. Vorldiufiger Bericht iiber exotische Plecopteren. Wien. Entom. Zeitg., XXVIII, pp. 215-232. 1911. Neoperla'leroiana n. sp. Wien. Entom. Zeitg., XXX, pp. 103-104. 1912. Plecoptera. Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch. Zentr. Afr. Exp. (1907-08), III, pp. 447-452. ~ Lestace, J. A. 1917. Deuxiéme contribution 4 I’étude des larves des Ephéméres et Perlides du Congo Belge. Rev. Zoolog. Afric., V, pp. 134-140. NavdAs, L. 1912. Sur quelques Névroptéres d’ Afrique. Rev. Zoolog. Afric., I, pp. 401— 410. 1915. Neurépteros nuevos 0 poco conocidos, IV. Mem. Ac. Cienc. Barcelona, (3) XI, No. 23, pp. 1-28. NEwMaN, E. 1839. On the synonymy of the Perlites, together with brief characters of the old, and of afewnewspecies. Mag. Nat. Hist., N.S., III, pp. 84-90. EPHEMERIDA A single male adult May-fly appeared among the pinned specimens brought from the Belgian Congo by Messrs. Langand Chapin. However, when a dilapidated and crumpled specimen of the stone-fly Neoperla excisa was boiled for study, two additional minute specimens of another May-fly were loosened from some place of concealment underneath the stone-fly, and floated freely away from it in the water. These, thus softened, were fit for study, and upon examination proved to be appar- ently a nymph and a male imago of the same species. They represent a new genus, as well—one closely allied to the cosmopolitan genus Cenis. This is one of the smallest of May-flies. The other pinned specimen is one of the largest of May-flies. It is the fine species for which Navas proposed the generic name Eatonica. Its generic position has been dis- cussed by Eaton, Nav&s, Ulmer, and Lestage without much agreement. Lestage has summarized the evidence in the Revue Zoologique Africaine, VI, 1918, pp. 82 to 89, and we follow him in calling this species Penta- genia schoutedeni. The nymphs of all the genera in question are much more strongly characterized than are the adults; but the nymph of this species is as yet unknown. Both this species and the new one are herewith described and illustrated. Pentagenia schoutedeni (Navas) Plate V, Figures 1 and 2 Length about 17 mm., tails 40 mm. additional. Expanse of wings 30 mm. Color brownish, darker on dorsum and on all carinmw, paler beneath, Fore and middle legs are lacking from the single specimen; the single hind leg present is pale and concolorous, as are the setw. The middle tail, in the male, aborted to a few- segmented rudiment. Claws very dissimilar, one of each tarsus being broadly ala a 1920] . Needham, African Stone-flies and May-flies 39 flabellate; the other, sharply uncinate. Venation as shown in Plate V, figure 1. Wings opalescent and irridescent; fore wings strongly marked with a broad costal band of brown. All veins tinged with a deeper shade of purplish brown, the trans- verse veins about the base of both wings and a few others near the middle of the hind wings more broadly margined with the same color. Forceps of the male strong, the elongate middle segment curved almost in a semicircle, the single small terminal joint twice as long as wide. Penes separated at tip in less than half their length, in a V-shaped notch; each bearing a low subterminal obtuse hook just below the aperture of the recurved sperm duct. One male. Faradje, Belgian Congo. Lestage reports this species as being distributed throughout equatorial Africa. CZNOPsIs, new genus Allied to Cenis. Tails three, middle one longest. Forceps of the male at least three-jointed, the third joint very long and flexible. Claws dissimilar, one sharply hooked, one blunt. Terminal tarsal segment as long as the three basal segments. Wings two. Venation as shown in Plate V, figure 3, differing from Cenis in better preservation of typical forks and in a wider band of cross-veins. Cenopsis fugitans, new species Plate V, Figures 3 to 11 Length 4mm., tails 9 mm. (middle one 10 mm.) additional. Expanse of wings 10 mm. Color blackish, with pale setze and whitish wings.. Head blackish, paler in rear, antenne pale. Thorax and abdomen black, the latter with sooty black patches on sides of segments one to eight and on mid-dorsum of segments nine and ten. Tibi each with a minute sooty patch just below the knee joint. Wings with smoky costal band that is darkest along the subcostal vein. Male forceps wholly pale, basal seg- ment not longer than wide; middle segment five times as long, cylindric, end seg- ment longer than all the basal parts collectively, tapering and flexible in its terminal portion. Penes fused into a single pyriform organ except at tip where a median cleft remains, and surrounded beneath by a V-shaped ring of chitin at the apex of the tenth abdominal segment, the arms of the V reaching laterally to the base of the forceps each side. Fore tibia of the male three to four times as long as the other tibiz. One specimen found as detailed above, with its nymph. Faradje, Belgian Congo. Nymph.—Length about 7 mm., antennz 2mm., sete broken, perhapsa little longer than the antenne, width 2mm. Color apparently greenish black. Body depressed, rather smooth with short legs and thin lateral edges to abdomen. Head small and rather compact, with small rounded eyes capping its lateral angles. Mouth-parts as shown in Plate V, figures 8 to 11. Prothorax wider than the head with thin flaring anterolateral angles. Abdomen with a conspicuous mid-dorsal hook on the second abdominal segment and with thin flat lateral spines on segments four to nine, the series on each side curving outward like a segment of a circular saw. Gills on segments one and three 40 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII to seven, those of segment one simple tapering filaments set erect upon a pedunculate base, those on segment three elytroid and covering the others to rear, those of seg- ments four to seven, thin, flat translucent, whitish plates, obliquely oval in form, the margins fringed with long, forking, respiratory filaments. One nymph, taken with the adult from the body of the stone-fly Neoperla excisa, as noted above. A complete summary of what has hitherto been published concerning African May-flies will be found in a paper by J. A. Lestage entitled: “Les Ephéméres d’Afrique: Notes critiques sur les espéces connues” in Revue Zoologique Africaine, VI, 1918, pp. 65-114. Puate V Congo May-flies and Stone-flies. Fig. 1. Wings of Pentagenia schoutedeni (Navas), male. Fig. 2. Forceps and penes of the same. Fig. 3. Wing of Cenopsis fugitans, new species, male. Fig. 4. Forceps and penes of the same. Fig. 5. Nymph of Cenopsis fugitans. Fig. 6. Hind foot of same. Fig. 7. Gill of first abdominal segment of same. Fig. 8. Mandible of same. Fig. 9. Maxilla of same. Fig. 10. Hypopharynx of same. Fig 11. Labium of same. Fig. 12. Neoperla dubia Klapalek, mid-dorsal aspect of rear segments of the abdomen in the male. Fig. 13. Neoperla excisa Klapalek, showing corresponding parts. Fig. 14. Egg-shell of Neoperla dubia, showing spiral striations. Fig. 15. Egg-shell of Neoperla excisa, showing longitudinal ridges. Fig. 16. Neoperla dubia, aspect of the eighth ventral segment of the female, showing lamina. Fig. 17. Neoperla excisa, showing the retuse corresponding border. yo’ Buuuetin A. M. N. HA. Vor, XLIII, Puars V ‘ i, g X » SP Bc AS CONT 1920] Banks, Congo Neuroptera, Panorpata, and Trichoptera 33 Psychomyidze Ecnomvus MacLachlan Ecnomus tropicus Ulmer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa). Ecnomus deceptor MacLachlan.—Lake Kivu. Hydropsychide Hypropsycuopes Ulmer Hydropsychodes diminuta (Walker).—Lower Congo (Kinshasa) Hydropsychodes albomaculata Ulmer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa). Hydropsychodes sexfasciata Ulmer. See above. AETHALOPTERA Brauer Aithaloptera dispar Brauer (=Primerenca maesi Navas). See above. PotymorpuHaniscus Walker Polymorphaniscus bipunctatus (Brauer.) See above. ' PuHanostoma Brauer Phanostoma senegalense Brauer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa), Bangala (Lisala). ProTromacronema Ulmer Protomacronema hyalinum Ulmer. See above. Protomacronema pubescens Ulmer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa), island of the Congo River at the confluence of the Ubangi. Macronema Pictet Macronema capense Walker var. signatum Walker.—Ubangi. Leptoceride LepTrocervus Leach Leptocerus trivittatus Ulmer.—Lower Congo (Kinshasa). PsEUDOLEPTOCERUs Ulmer Pseudoleptocerus squamosus (Ulmer).—Lower Congo (Kinshasa). @cetis MacLachlan (Ecetis fasciata Lestage.—Belgian Congo. SETODELLINA Lestage’ Setodellina albopunctata Lestage.—Belgian Congo. 59.53, 72 (67.5) Article V—ISOPODS COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION! By Witiarp G. VAN NAME INTRODUCTION Twenty-one species, representing three of the primary subdivisions or superfamilies of the Isopoda, were collected by the Congo Expedi- tion. Twelve of these species appear to be new to science. Of the total number, nine are marine or are confined to the immediate vicinity of the sea, one is a true fresh-water form, and the rest are terrestrial. Seven of the aquatic species collected are parasitic on fishes or on other Crusta- cea. This large proportion is, however, easily explained by the fact that the isopods were largely obtained incidentally to the collection of other animals and that the parasitic forms were thus more likely to be found than free-living ones equally or even more abundant. While the collection is interesting on account of the comparatively little that is recorded concerning the Isopoda of the Congo region and on account of the new forms contained in it, it is by no means a represen- tative one and the species it comprises cannot be more than a small percentage of those actually found there. Leaving out of account marine forms, which are generally of more or less wide distribution, many land isopods are known from other parts of tropical Africa, not too far distant from the Congo region to make it probable that they may eventually be found to range within its limits, especially as the comparative uni- formity of wide stretches of country and the absence of mountain bar- riers in Africa is favorable to a wide distribution of such animals. No systematic collecting of Isopoda was done; nearly all the specimens were obtained and preserved by Mr. Herbert Lang himself, in intervals when his time and efforts were not occupied in obtaining or caring for more important material; but the fact that even under such conditions a larger collection was not brought back would seem to indicate that the Isopoda do not constitute a very large or conspicuous part of the fauna. From an economic point of view, the importance of the isopods in the Congo region, as in most other parts of the world, is insignificant. The terrestrial forms are apparently not harmful either from their abun- dance or habits. The wood-boring aquatic species (Spheroma) was ee Results of The American Museum Congo Expedition. General Invertebrate Zoology, o. 4. 41 42 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLIII found only in mangrove roots and was not reported as attacking the piling of wharves or bridges, as these animals do to a serious extent in some places. Those parasitic on market fishes are undoubtedly harmful to human interests; though they probably seldom kill the fish, except perhaps very young or weak individuals, they must be very troublesome to them, reducing them in flesh and food value. These parasites for- tunately do not appear to be very abundant, as those collected were found only by examining a large number of fishes. If they were numer- ous, it would seem difficult to devise any way of combating such pests. As food for larger animals, birds, and fishes, the isopods doubtless play some part, but most of them would appear to contain little nourishment and many of the terrestrial species are probably quite unpalatable. LITERATURE Though the literature concerning the isopods of South Africa, East Africa, and some of the extreme western parts of the continent is rather extensive, the published records and notices referring to these animals in the Congo region are comparatively few. The more important of them are, for the most part, contained in or cited in the general mono- graphs of Schicedte and Meinert (1879-1884) and Hansen (1890); in the works of Stebbing (1908, 1910) on South African Crustacea, as far as the marine forms are concerned; and, for the land isopods, especially in the monographs and reports of the late Prof. G. Budde-Lund (see the bibliography at the end of this article). According to his published statements, Budde-Lund had prepared descriptions and drawings of many other previously unknown African species of land isopods, but the publication of these was prevented by his untimely death. A number of land isopods have been described from Togo Land by Hilgendorf (1893),° from Assinie by Dollfus (1892), and from Liberia and Sierra Leone by Richardson (1908), but these have not, as far as I am aware, been found in the Congo region. The following are the species of isopods that I have found reported from this region, taking as limits the west coast of Africa from the latitude of Cape Verde to that of Cape Frio for the marine forms, and for the terrestrial forms the Congo basin and the colonies on the west coast from Cameroon to Portuguese West Africa inclusive. — we — se ee ee ln lis ih ie 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 43 Marine Isopoda Aiga deshayesiana (Milne-Edwards), 1840. Aiga deshayesiana Schicedte and Meinert, 1879, Naturhist. Tidsskr., “(3) XI, p. 360, Pl. vii, figs. 7-9. Rocinela deshayesiana Studer, 1884, Abh. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1883, phys.- chem. Abt., Suppl., p. 22. Azores and Cape Verde Islands; also Mediterranean. Aga webbii (Guérin), 1836. Aga webbii Schicedte and Meinert, 1879, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XII, p. 347, Pl. x, figs. 1-4. Cape of Good Hope to Portugal. Cirolana cranchii Leach, 1818. Cirolana swainsonii Miers, 1881, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) VIII, p. 370. Cirolana cranchii Hansen, 1890, Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., (6) V, p. 343, Pl. 1m, figs. 3-31. Senegal (Gorée Island); a widely distributed species. Nerocila rhabdota Keelbel, 1879." Nerocila rhabdota Kcelbel, 1879, Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, (math.-nat. K1.), LXXVIII (Abt. 1), p. 409, Pl. 11, figs. 2a-2c. Nerocila rhabdota Schicedte and Meinert, 1881, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, p. 39, Pl. n, figs. 5, 6. Senegal. Nerocila cephalotes Schicedte and Meinert, 1881.! Nerocila cephalotes Schicedte and Meinert, 1881, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, pp. 8, 9, 60, Pl. rv, figs. 16-18. Senegal (Gorée Island); Gaboon; Cape of Good Hope. Anilocra capensis Milne-Edwards, 1840. Anilocra capensis Schicedte and Meinert, 1881, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, p. 146, Pl. x, figs. 4, 5. Teneriffe to Java. Glossobius linearis (Dana), 1853. Glossobius linearis Schicedte and Meinert, 1883, . Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, p. 301, Pl. xu, figs. 1-9. Widely distributed parasite of flying fishes; Cape Verde. Glossobius laticauda (Milne-Edwards), 1840. Glossobius laticauda Schicedte and Meinert, 1883, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, p. 309, Pl. vir, figs. 10-16. Widely distributed parasite of flying fishes; Cape Frio. Cymothoa plebeia Schicedte and Meinert, 1884.' Cymothoa plebeia Schicedte and Meinert, 1884, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIV, p. 236, Pl. rx, figs. 1, 2. Cape Verde. Collected also by the American Museum Congo Expedition. 44 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Terrestrial Isopoda Ligyda gracilipes (Budde-Lund), 1885. Ligia gracilipes Budde-Lund, 1885, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 270. Ligia gracilipes Dollfus, 1878, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXIII, p. 126. Portuguese Congo (Landana), Senegal. Eubelum stipulatum Budde-Lund, 1899.1 Eubelum stipulatum Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 71, Pl. 1, figs. 1-16. West Africa; Cameroon (Bonge). Eubelum lubricum Budde-Lund, 1885. Eubelum lubricum Budde-Lund, 1885, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 392, Eubelum lubricum Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 72, Pl. 11, figs. 1-1. Portuguese Congo (Landana, Chinchoxo). Eubelum (Mesarmadillo) albicorne Budde-Lund, 1899. [E.] Mesarmadillo albicornis Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part - I,p.79, Pl. m1, figs. 1-9. Cameroon (N’dian). Eubelum (Mesarmadillo) quadrimaculatum, Budde-LunP, 1899. [E.] Mesarmadillo quadrimaculatus Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 80, Pl. m1, figs. 13-17. Cameroon. Eubelum (Periscyphops) sileanum Budde-Lund, 1899. [E.] Periscyphops silvanus Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 82, Pl. m1, figs. 25-27. Cameroon (Kitta, N’dian, Bibundi, Bonge). Eubelum (Periscyphops) bizonatum Budde-Lund, 1899. [E.] Periscyphops bizonatus Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 84, Pl. 1, figs. 18-24. Cameroon (Kitta, Bibundi, Bonge). Eubelum (Periscyphops) gibbosum Budde-Lund, 1899. [E.] Periscyphops gibbosus Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 85, Pl. v, figs. 23-25. Cameroon (Bibundi). Eubelum (Periscyphops) squamatum Budde-Lund, 1899. [Z| Periscyphops squamatus Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 86, Pl. v, figs. 1-6. : Cameroon (Bibundi). Eubelum (Periscyphops) squamosum Budde-Lund, 1899. (E.) Periscyphops squamosus Budde-Lund, 1899, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terrestr., Part I, p. 87, Pl. v, figs. 7-10. Cameroon (Bibundi). Synarmadillo albinotatus Budde-Lund, 1908. Synarmadillo albinotatus, Budde-Lund, 1908, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, II, p. 277, Pl. xim, fig. 47. a ‘Collected also by the American Museum Congo Expedition, —_— as oe a eee! 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 45 Synarmadillo cristifrons (Hilgendorf), 1893. Periscyphis cristifrons Hilgendorf, 1893, Sitzungsber. Gesell. nat. Freunde, Berlin, p. 152. Synarmadillo cristifrons Budde-Lund, 1908, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, p. 277, Pl. xi, fig. 48. Cameroon (Kribi, Buea, Barombi Station). Synarmadillo globus Budde-Lund, 1908.' Synarmadillo globus Budde-Lund, 1908, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, ITI, p. 276, Pl. xin, figs. 37-44. Cameroon (Bibundi, Bonge). Cubaris (Diploexochus) aculeata (Budde-Lund), 1885. Armadillo aculeatus Budde-Lund, 1885, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 289. Diploexochus aculeatus Stebbing, 1910, Ann. South African Mus., VI, p. 446. Portuguese Congo (Landana, Chinchoxo). Niambia squamata (Budde-Lund), 1885.! . Porcellio (Leptotrichus) squamatus, Budde-Lund, 1885, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 196. Niambia squamata Budde-Lund, 1909, in Schultze, Reise in Siidafrika, p. 60, Pl. vi, figs. 1-3. Portuguese Congo (Landana, Chinchoxo). Rhyscotus globiceps Budde-Lund, 1908. Rhyscotus globiceps, Budde-Lund, 1908, in Voelzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, IT, p. 301, Pl. xvn, figs. 41-45. French Congo (Loango). Philoscia (Anchiphiloscia) cunningtoni Stebbing, 1908. Anchiphiloscia cunningtoni Stebbing, 1908, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 557, Pl. xxvui, B. North East Rhodesia (Niamkolo Bay, southern shore of Lake Tanganyika). The following additional species are from localities but little beyond the above limits. Eubelum pila Budde-Lund, 1898. Eubelum pila Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., IV, Land-Isopoden, p. 4. Mt. Ruwenzori, on the western slope at 2600 m. Eubelum hilgendorfii Budde-Lund, 1898. Ewhelum hilgendorfii Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., 1V, Land-Isopoden, p. 4, figs. 1, 2. Mt. Ruwenzori, on the westérn slope at 200-3100 m. Periscyphis nanus Budde-Lund, 1898. Periscyphis nanus Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., IV, Land-Isopoden, p. 5, fig. 6. Mt. Ruwenzori, on the western slope at 3100 m. Periscyphis pygmeus Budde-Lund, 1898. ‘ Periscyphis pygmeus Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., IV, Land-Isopoden, p. 6, figs. 10, 11. Mt. Ruwenzori, on the western slope at 3100 m. 1Collected also by the American Museum Congo Expedition. 46 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII Synarmadilloides roccatii Nobili, 1906. Synarmadilloides roccatii Nobili, 1906, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Torino, XXI, No. 544, p. 2. Eastern slope of Mt. Ruwenzori at 3000 m., Toro. Porcellio (Porcellionides) pruinosus (Brandt), 1833. Metoponorthus pruinosus Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., IV, Land- Isopoden, p. 8. Region of Mt. Ruwenzori. (This species is of almost world-wide distribution.) Philoscia maculicornis Budde-Lund, 1898. Philoscia maculicornis Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., IV, Land-Isopoden, p. 9. On the shore of Lake Albert, November 26, 1891. According to Stuhlmann’s diary this locality is on the southwestern shore of the lake, in Belgian territory. Philoscia mendica Budde-Lund, 1898. Philoscia mendica Budde-Lund, 1898, Deutsch Ost-Afr., IV, Land-Isopoden, p. 9, figs. 14, 15. Region of Mt. Ruwenzori. oe lt a 1920} Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 47 Tue ConGco EXPEDITION COLLECTION The following are the species comprised in the collection and described and figured in the present article. ae Se Superfamily FLABELLOIDEA PAGE Pernt OOTIINONE, DOW GOOCIOE i oioas « viace eos oe akin lepers eee nape nsys 49 Nerocila cephalotes Schicedte and Meinert, 1881....................... 53 Nerocila rhabdota Koelbel, 1879.................000.45.. feahtetid wpe tcce, 57 Cymothoa plebeia Schicedte and Meinert, 1884. ............0.0.00.000055 59 Ichthyoxenos expansus, MEW SPECIES. ..... 266. c ene eee ene 60 Spheroma destructor Richardson, 1897...............0600 cece ee ee eens 63 Superfamily BopyrorpEa Piemrdorynte angi, NOW BPeCHEO oe i ES ee 67 Paedione Chapint, NOW Species ....5 oe ee ee ee Senden bes 69 Superfamily OniscorpEA UNE REIMAN SONU gl ge OE 5 yy gio owe gicle's woe Medea & KeaoeD 72 MMMM RIOT ANE CISERINOUS, LIBRE sie sik 5.6. scans eacy oo ow Ane ein dn ed hee ae wanes 77 Eubelum stanleyanum, new species... ...........0.. 0 cece cece eee 78 Eubelum stipulatum Budde-Lund, 1899... 2.20... 0. eee 81 Eubelum propinquum, new species.............6. 60. 84 Hubelign Geperive, NEw Species. 650)5 0. se ee be ee Recep sees 86 - TNL CUPID: OW BOGCIOM 63) ok ins han ok ce eR hae ne bbe es 89 Hubelum tenebrarwm, New Species... 6. 6 ee cane eee e ewes 91 Synarmadillo globus Budde-Lund, 1908... ..............0.0 20220 e eae 92 Synarmadillo lubilensis, new species.............0.00 00 cece eee eee aee 95 Cubaris (Diploexochus) banana, new species. ..............0 0000 cece eee 97 Cubaris (Diploexochus) regulus, new species... .... 2.06.06. 0 0 eee eee 100 Niambia squamata (Budde-Lund), 1885... .........0.00 00020 ees 102 48 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PLACES WHERE SPECIMENS WERE COLLECTED Avakubi.—1° 20’ N., 27° 40’ E. Medje.—2° 25’ N., 27° 30’ E. Banana.—6° S., 12° 20’ E. Poko.—3° 10’ N., 26° 50’ E. Bengamisa.—1° N., 25° 10’ E. St. Antonio.—6° 10’ S., 12° 20’ E. Garamba.—4° 10’ N., 29° 40’ E. Stanleyville—0° 30’ N., 25° 15’ E. Lubila R.—1° N., 26° 30’ E. ~ Thysville.—5° 30’ S., 15° E. Malela.—6° S., 12° 40’ E. Uele River.—3° 30’ N., 30° to 30° E. Zambi.—6° S., 12° 50’ E. The preponderance of parasitic forms among the aquatic species, has been noted and an explanation offered. Naturally the majority of new species are among the terrestrial forms; no less than five of them, besides one previously described, belong to the typical subgenus of Eubelum, a large genus particularly characteristic of tropical Africa, its typical subgenus being confined to that region. An interesting and unexpected discovery is that of a species assignable to the genus Ich- thyoxenos, a group parasitic on fresh-water fishes, hitherto known only from East Indian and Asiatic fresh waters. The fact that there is considerable resemblance between the isopod faunas of Africa and the West Indies and South America has been noted by previous writers (see Budde-Lund, 1893, p. 3), though, considering the ease with which such small creatures may be accidentally transported, it does not seem that too much significance should be ascribed to the similarity. The present collection, however, bears out this relationship in the case of the marine and littoral forms, three of which appear to belong to species found also on the American side, while three others have allies there separable only on very slight characters. In concluding these preliminary remarks, I wish to express my thanks to the leader of the expedition, Mr. Herbert Lang, for his care in preserving and labeling the specimens and to him and Dr. J. Bequaert for information and corrections, particularly those relating to the geog- raphy of the region; also to Mr. Roy W. Miner of the American Mu- seum for his help and encouragement in the work of preparing this article, DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES When possible, and except when otherwise stated or clearly in- dicated from the nature of the characters under consideration, the descriptions and illustrations have been prepared from female speci- mens, even when the similarity of the two sexes made this apparently a matter of indifference. Any differences between the sexes that were eS a ee oe . . 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 49 observed have been noted or illustrated. The specimens of the new species chiefly used in preparing the descriptions and drawings have been designated and catalogued as types, although in many cases they have been badly damaged by the continued handling and the dissection necessary in making out their characters. To prevent misunderstanding it may be well to state that in the case of previously described species the following descriptions and figures are based on Congo Expedition specimens exclusively, and not partly on the descriptions of other authors. The small number of groups and species dealt with makes the classi- fication adopted here a matter of minor importance. That a very con- servative course in the recognition of families and genera has been fol- lowed is not due either to reactionary spirit or to any failure to recognize most of the divisions established by recent authors as natural groups, but to the belief that the splitting of genera and families has been carried to an extent that, by magnifying the importance of small differences, hinders the proper recognition of much more important points of re- semblance and relationship, and that it has become the chief source of the instability and inconvenience of our present system of nomenclature. It has also often resulted in the necessity of defining the genera by such minute characters or complex and arbitrary combinations of characters that new species, or even some of the old ones, do not fit into them, and the alternative is presented of indefinitely multiplying the genera or of admitting exceptions and qualifications which break down the distinct- ness of the groups. It seems as if such considerations should lead us to accept the breaking up of well-established and natural groups with much caution, and to keep in mind that the mere fact that distinct sections within a group can be recognized, or that the group is a large one, are in themselves no reasons for its complete disintegration, with the result of usually compelling changes in the names of nearly all its members. Superfamily CyMOTHOIDEA (= Flabellifera) Cymothoide Eurydicine (=Cirolanide auct. mult.; Eurydicide, Stebbing, 1905) Eurydice carangis, new species Text Figures 1 to 5 Body, as seen from above, of elongate-o-val outline, the widest part somewhat anterior to the middle. The abdomen is rather short and considerably narrower than the thorax, but the large epimera of the posterior thoracic segments fill in the general outline so that it is nearly continuous. Back strongly arched; its surface smooth. Length of largest specimens (to tip of abdomen) about 10 mm.; ratio of greatest width to length about 6 to 14.5. 50 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII Héad narrow, and as seen from above deeply set back into the first thoracic segment; its anterior border produced at the middle into a short and narrow rostrum, each side of which the outline of the head is deeply concave to receive the broad, flattened, basal segments of the first antenne that occupy nearly all the space between the rostrum and the fore part of the eyes. The latter are large and deeply pigmented, irregularly oblong, with about 50 ocelli. The rostrum joins, at its for- Figs. 1 to 3. Eurydice carangis, new species. 1 and 2. Female, x 10. 3. Second pleopod of male, X 14, ward extremity, the somewhat quadrate, enlarged end of the frontal lamina, that extends up from below and forms the most anterior part of the head, First antenne very long, exceeding the second pair and reaching, when well drawn back, beyond the middle of the fourth thoracic segment. The fist two segments of the peduncle are, as already stated, very wide and flattened; the first is so short that, as seen from above, it appears merely as a border to the second, The third segment is narrow, a fe ee ee 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 51 elongate, and cylindrical, and bears at its distal end what appears to be a small vestigial fourth segment, incompletely united with the third. The flagellum is long and slender, having twenty-five to twenty-eight articles, of which the proximal one is usually much longer than any of the others. Second antennze much stouter than the first, reaching, when well drawn back, to the posterior edge of the third thoracic segment; the peduncle has four segments, the first of which is composed of two short segments fused together; the flagellum is stout and tapering, with fifteen to eighteen articles. The clypeus ends in a free, triangular, downwardly and forwardly extend- ing apex. The extended lobe of the second segment of the maxilliped bears a single hook. Fig. 4. Eurydice carangis, new species. Mouth-parts of female, X 40. The first, fifth, and sixth thoracic segments are longer than the others; the epimera of all the thoracic segments are distinct and movably jointed to them except in the case of the first. Their external surface is smooth and without any furrow. The epimera end behind in an angle which is very slightly produced back- ward in the anterior segments but much more so in the posterior ones. The four last pairs of legs are provided with numerous spines and hairs. The abdomen has six distinct segments; the first more or less covered by the last segment of the thorax, and the others successively longer. Only the fourth and fifth have the lateral angles produced and bent backwards. The terminal segment is triangular, but rounded off at the extreme apex. A conspicuous depression on its dorsal surface each side of the median line marks off a raised anterior border from the comparatively flat posterior part. There is no distinct median carina. The foliaceous parts of the pleopoda are rather elongate; the uropoda are short, with the terminal branches somewhat triangular and obliquely truncated. Their inner branch is wide and has a conspicuous notch on its outer border a little way from the end; the outer branch is both shorter and narrower. There are moderately long hairs on the inner and posterior margins of both branches of the uropoda and on the rounded part of the tip of the abdomen, but none on the outer margins of the branches of the uropoda. 52 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Fig. 5. Eurydice carangis, new species. Legs of right side of female, external aspect, X 16. Color, in alcobol, yellowish with many small irregularly stellate or branching spots of black pigment on the upper parts. The above description is from female specimens, but the sexual differences are not conspicuous. The males have the peduncular segments of the second antennsw averaging a little stouter than in the females. The process of the second pleopod of the male is straight and shaped like a knife blade, tapering to a point from near the middle of its length; it is shorter than the foliaceous branches of the appendage. 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 53 A majority of the numerous examples collected were obtained on fishes, Caranx hippos (Linné), brought to market at Banana and St. Antonio. Many of them are young individuals. Males predominate among the adults. The young differ little in general appearance from older examples except in size. The specimens in the collection are as follows: Cat. No. 3250. St. Antonio, August 1915. 1 specimen. Type. Cat. No. 3253. St. Antonio, August 1915. About 50 specimens. Cotypes. Cat. No. 3255. Banana, July 1915. 4 specimens. Cat. No. 3252. Banana, August 1915. About 40 specimens. ‘‘Taken from dead sea stars,” This species, remarkable for the great length of the first antennz, is one of several that are intermediate in character between Hurydice Leach, 1815, and Cirolana Leach, 1818} the four-jointed peduncle of the second antennze would place it in the former genus (the course adopted here), while the absence of a right-angled bend in the basal portion of the second antennz and the presence of a hook on the ex- tended second lobe of the maxilliped would place it in Cirolana. If placed in Cirolana, it would be a member of the subgenus FEzcirolana Richardson (1913, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XLIII, p. 201). It is very closely related to E. natalensis (Vanhoeffen, 1914, p. 500, fig. 42) from Natal, but that form has shorter first antennez and lacks the notch on the inner division of the uropoda. Such species as this render the dis- tinction between the genera Cirolana and Eurydice difficult to maintain. Cymothoine (= Cymothoide auct. mult.) Nerocila cephalotes Schicedte and Meinert Text Figures 6 to 9 Nerocila cephalotes! ScuimpTe AND Mernert, 1881, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, pp. 8, 9, and 60, Pl. rv, figs. 16, 18. Srepsrne, 1910, Ann. South African Mus., VI, p. 423. Barnarp, 1914, Ann. South African Mus., X, p. 371. The largest and apparently the oldest specimen of this species has adult female characters, including a brood pouch; it measures 24.5 mm. long by about 11.4 mm. wide. Body somewhat asymmetrical, widest at the junction of the sixth and seventh thoracic segments; back moderately convex, the surface very hard and smooth. Seven thoracic and six abdominal segments distinct and separate. 1The original description (loc. cit., p. 60) is headed N. cepholotes, but this obvious misprint need be accorded no standing in nomenclature, as in the key and introductory remarks on preceding pages (pp. 8 and 9) where some of the characters of this species are also given, the name is correctly spelled cephalotes, as also in all other parts of the work except p. 60. (Vol. XLITI Museum of Natural History Bulletin American 54 ‘i ee ee ee ee 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 55 Head small, gently convex in front and three-lobed behind;. eyes rudimentary, being reduced to irregular pigmented areas with very imperfect lenses; first antennz with eight, the second with ten segments, inclusive of the peduncular ones (some other specimens have eleven segments). The first, fifth, sixth, and seventh thoracic segments are the longest; the second, third, and fourth are short. The posterior lateral angles of the first are very slightly produced backward and rounded off; those of the sixth and seventh are considerably produced and of angular form. The intermediate ones are not produced at all. The above refers to the main part of the segments, not to the epimera. The epimera of all but the first are distinctly separated from the segment; those of the second and third segments are rounded off behind; the following ones are successively more and more pointed. The legs have strong hooked claws; the last pair of legs, though long, are slenderer than the others and have weaker claws. The abdominal segments, except the last, are short; the first and second have their lateral ends extended backward into long sharply pointed processes. The terminal segment of the abdomen is very broad; it is shield-shaped, and ends in a small, median triangular projection. It is nearly flat with only a slightly thickened anterior margin and a slight suggestion of a median ridge. The outer ramus of the uropoda may be described as broadly saber-shaped; it is slightly curved and about equal to the last segment of the abdomen in actual length, but from its position it extends beyond the end of the abdomen for about half its own length. The inner ramus is less than two-thirds the length of the outer, but is broader. Neither the uropoda nor the last segment of the abdomen are fringed with hairs. Somewhat younger individuals may equal the specimen just described in length, but are proportionately narrower, usually exhibit little or no lateral asymmetry, and have the eyes less reduced and still provided with well-formed lenses. Very much younger specimens (Figs. 8 and9) are quite different and would not, at first sight, be regarded as of the same species. The smallest one in the collection measures about 9 mm. long. The body is symmetrical and much narrower than in the adult, but the head is proportionately larger and broader and provided with a pair of very large, evidently perfectly functional eyes; the angles of the posterior thoracic and anterior abdominal segments, as well as those of the epimera, are little produced; the abdomen is less abruptly narrower than the thorax and its last seg- ment is less broad, tapering more gradually to a sharp point at the end. All these characters give the body as seen from above a smoother outline. The branches of the uropoda are proportionately shorter and broader, and the inner pair (in very young individuals also the end of the last abdominal segment) are fringed with hairs. In some of these young and slender-bodied individuals male characters can be recognized. The older, wide-bodied individuals, such as the one first described above, are all females. All the specimens have the under parts and legs yellowish; the upper parts in the best preserved specimens are olive with two broad, yellowish, longitudinal stripes separated by a rather wide, median, olive stripe; but many of them, perhaps because of fading, are better described as mostly yellowish above with three olive stripes. Schicedte and Meinert (1881) give the following distributioa for this species: Gorée, Senegal; Gaboon; Cape of Good Hope; Cape Agulhas (Cape Colony). Stebbing (1910) also records it from Cape Colony. The [Vol. XLIII n of Natural History Bulletin American Museur 56 ng individuals, X 7.5. id Meinert, 019. Nerocila cephalotes Schimdte ar Figs, 8 ar a a. ee 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 57 reader is referred to Schicedte and Meinert’s work for a more particular description. They had the advantage of having both older (36.5 mm. long) and younger (4.7 mm. long) specimens for study than those ob- tained by the Congo Expedition, which are as follows: Cat. Nos. 3234 and 3239. St. Antonio, August 1915. About 50 specimens. Cat. No. 3248. Banana. July-August 1915. 5 specimens. _ All were found on marine fishes (chiefly Caranx) brought to market. They were adhering to various parts of the body or fins of the fish, some- times more than one of the isopods on one fish. Nerocila rhabdota Kcelbel Text Figures 10 and 11 Nerocila rhabdota Ka@tBex, 1879, Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, (math.-nat. K1.), LXXVIII, p. 409, Pl. 1, figs. 2a-2c. Scuiapte anp MEINERT, 1881, Naturh. Tidsskr., (3) XIII, p. 39, Pl. 11, figs. 5,6. Barnarp, 1914, Ann. South African © Mus., X, p. 371. ‘ This species is readily distinguished from N. cephalotes by the lateral angles of _ the main portion of the thoracic segments, which are produced backward (more conspicuously in old than in younger individuals). Those of the more anterior seg- ments are only slightly extended but the posterior ones are produced into conspicuous triangular processes. These processes, and also the more elongate and pointed form of the epimera, affect somewhat the general outline of the body when seen from above and are, of course, still more conspicuous when seen from the side. Among other less striking differences separating the two species are the more complete disappearance of the eyes in adults of the present species, the larger and less angular median pro- jection at the tip of the abdomen, the longer processes at the lateral ends of the first two abdominal segments and the narrower inner branch of the uropoda. The general resemblance between the two species, including size and color, is so close that it will be unnecessary to give a more detailed description here. This species also will be found carefully described and figured in Schicedte and Meinert’s work. It was described by Keelbel from a specimen taken from the pectoral fin of the fish Psettus sebe from the coast of Senegal. Schicedte and Meinert’s description and figure are based on a re-examination of Keelbel’s type, which measured 25 mm. long and appears to have been a somewhat older individual than any of those collected by the Congo Expedition. Schicedte and Meinert do not appear to have had any other specimen. The species has recently been reported from South Africa by Barnard (1914). Four individuals (Cat. No. 3237) of this species were picked out from among the numer- ous specimens of Nerocila cephalotes taken from market fishes (chiefly Caranx) at St. Antonio, August 1915: The largest of them (Figs. 10 58 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 59 and 11) measures 22 mm. long. It has no brood-pouch but numerous small, brown eggs are cemented to the posterior thoracic legs and some of the pleopods and adjacent parts of the ventral regions of the body. Another example, though not quite so large, has a well-developed brod- pouch. The other two are not fully adult. The smaller number of specimens obtained indicates that it is a much less common species than N. cephalotes. Nerocila acuminata Schicedte and Meinert, 1881, from the southern United States and West Indian region, is a closely allied species. Cymothoa plebeia Schicedte and Meinert Text Figures 12 and 13 Cymothoa plebeia Scutapre AND Metnert, 1884, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XIV, p. 236, Pl. rx, figs. 1, 2. A single male, apparently fully fh. was collected by the Expedi- tion. ' The body as seen from above is oblong, widening somewhat toward the rear, though the last thoracic segment is a little narrower than the sixth. Abdomen deeply set into the thorax, narrow in front, widening very rapidly to the large terminal segment, which is but little narrower than the thorax. Seven thoracic and six ab- dominal segments distinct and separate. Head somewhat triangular, broader at the posterior end than it is long, with sides that converge toward the front, which is rounded and bent downward in the middle over the bases of the antenne. The latter are cylindrical; the first antennze are much stouter and a little longer than the second, and arise widely separated from each other; both pairs have eight segments. Rudimentary eyes are present in the form of rather large, irregularly quadrilateral spots containing some dark gray or blackish pigment. The first segment of the thorax is not emarginate in front; it has no raised or thickened lateral borders. The processes that extend forward each side of the head are rather short (scarcely a third the total length of the head) and somewhat trian- gular, with a rounded apex. No peculiarities were noted in the epimera or thoracic limbs; the posterior four pairs have the basis keeled. Last segment of abdomen large and broad; practically smooth above; its posterior border nearly transverse, with rounded corners and a slight median notch. The second pleopoda have a straight styliform process as long as, or slightly exceed- ing, the foliaceous part of the appendage. The branches of the uropoda are small and narrow and curved inward; they scarcely reach the end of the abdomen. Size: 19 mm. long; maximum width, 8.3 mm. Color, in alcohol, yellowish, not pigmented. The specimen (Cat. No. 3263) was collected at Malela and, accord- ing to the label, came from the inner side of the gills of a marine fish. 60. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Figs. 12 and 13. Cymothea plebeia Schicedte and Meinert, 1884. Male, X 5.6. Schicedte and Meinert describe this species from a single female from Cape Verde, the male being unknown. Making the necessary allowance for sexual difference, the agreement of the present specimen with their species seems satisfactory. Ichthyoxenos expansus, new species Text Figures 14 and 15 The only specimen is a female which is nearly if not quite adult, as the brood-pouch is large and well distended. The body is symmetrical and broadly elliptical in outline. Its width slightly exceeds two-thirds its total length, and the head and abdomen are deeply set into the thorax; the back is only very moderately arched with a somewhat flattened 1920] .' Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 61 Fig. 14. Ichthyoxenos expansus new species. Female, X 7.5. curvature; its surface is smooth and shining in spite of some minute irregular sculp- turing visible only on magnification, Seven thoracic and six abdominal segments are distinct and separate. Head small, so deeply set back in the thorax that it projects but little beyond the general outline of the body, its dorsal surface so inclined as to be directed forward rather than upward. Seen from above, it appears triangular with the front rounded off; from in front it is more nearly square. The eyes are fairly large, laterally placed elliptical areas of blackish pigment. Antenne cylindrical; the first pair arise well apart and have but seven segments, of which the basal one is somewhat swollen. The 62 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Fig. 15. Ichthyoxenos expansus, new species. Female, X 7.5. second pair are slenderer and a little shorter, but likewise have seven segments. Mandibular palps long and tapering and composed of three segments. Maxillipeds without a foliaceous plate; they have palps of two flattened articles, The thorax comprises by far the greater part of the body; the first segment is very large, semicircular as seen from above, with its anterior margin hollowed {out in the median part to receive the head. The lateral ends (directed forward and slightly outward) are rounded off but not produced into projecting lobes. The re- maining segments decrease successively in length (when measured on the mediam line) except the fourth, which is shorter than would be expected from its place in the series, The seventh is very short on the median line on account of the very deep ae ee ee ee ee ee Ce ee i a Tey 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 63 excavation of its posterior border to receive the abdomen, but it is quite wide at the ends, which are directed almost backward and reach near to the anterior margin of the terminal abdominal segment. Epimera distinct on all the thoracic segments except the first; they are thick and crescent-shaped, but do not reach quite as far back as the posterior corners of their segments. The latter are rounded off and not produced. The legs are all much alike except for a gradual increase in length toward the posterior end of the body. They are of the usual prehensile type, ending in fairly large, curved claws. Their basal segments are not conspicuously keeled. Abdomen short and rather narrow, especially anteriorly, set into the thorax nearly to the base of its terminal segment, which is large and broad, rounded behind, and longer than the other five abdominal segments taken together. These latter increase in length from the first to the last; they are short longitudinally and ex- tended transversely, their lateral parts being closely crowded together and not pro- duced. The pleopoda are large and leaf-like, of ovate outline and smooth-edged. The uropods are small; their branches, which do not reach as far back as the end of the last segment, are rather narrow and of about equal length and rounded at the tip. The outer one is slightly curved inward; the inner one is straight. Total length of specimen, 16 mm.; width, 11 mm. Color, in alcohol, yellowish, with a few faint and very minute dark pigment-spots on the head and fore part of the first thoracic segment. The single specimen (Cat. No. 3261. Type) was taken from the gills of a characinid fish (Hugnathichthys eetveldii Boulenger, 1898) about one foot long, collected at Poko on one of the tributaries of the Uele River, July 1913. Herklots (1870) described the type species of this genus, a parasite on a river-fish of Java. Schicedte and Meinert (1884) added a second species from the Himalayas, and Richardson (1913, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XLV, pp. 559-562), a third from a Japanese fresh-water fish. Another Japanese species has been added by Ishii (1916, Annot. Zool. Japon., IX, pp. 125-131, 10 figs.). Except that the present form has the first antennz a little dilated at the base, it agrees well with the generic characters assigned by Schicedte and Meinert, though its widely separated habitat may arouse a suspicion that we have here not a natural genus but a case of convergence of species that have evolved separately from related marine forms, perhaps those of the genus Livoneca, from which Ichthyoxenos is distinguished by only very slight characters. Spheromidee Spheroma destructor Richardson Text Figures 16 and 19 Spheroma destructor RicHarDsoN, 1897, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XI, pp. 105- '. 107; 1900, Amer. Naturalist, XXXIV, p. 223; 1901, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 534; 1905, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 282, figs. 294-298. 64 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT Figs. 16 and 17. Spharoma destructor Richardson, 1897. Female, X 11.5. (?) Spheroma terebrans Barn, 1866, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVII, p. 28, Pl. 1, fig. 5. Spheroma terebrans StessinG, 1904, Spolia Zeylanica, I, part 5, p. 16 (in part). Hansen, 1905, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., XLIX, part 1, p. 116 (in part). SrepsinG, 1908, Ann. South African Mus., VI, pp. 48, 49, 427 (in part); 1911, Rec. Indian Mus, Calcutta, VI, pp. 181, 182 (in part). The body is stout, short, and highly arched; in its general outline and in its power of rolling into a ball superficially resembling some of the terrestrial isopods. The dorsal surface is granular, on the posterior half of the body the granules are coarse and the larger ones bear tufts of minute hairs to which mud adheres. The thoracic segments, especially the fourth and fifth, have on the dorsal part a well- roarked transverse ridge, and more or less well-developed paired tubercles are present on the last one or two of the thoracic and on the abdominal segments, of which there are but two in this genus. The posterior end of the abdomen is broad and obtuse; its posterior lateral margins are conspicuously bent upward, 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 65 The first and second antenne have flagella with 8 or 9 and 12 or 13 articles respectively. The first legs have a short spine on the inner distal end of the propodus. It is present in both sexes but is wanting on the other legs. All the legs, however, includ- ing the first, have a short rounded extension of the posterior aspect of the propodus, which overlaps the base of the dactylus:. The number of teeth on the outside edge of the external branch of the uropoda has been used as a distinguishing character in the species of this group. The Congo specimens indicate that it is not reliable for such a purpose. They have from three to five well-formed teeth in addition to the apical point. The proximal tooth is often so reduced as to make it doubtful whether it should be counted or not, or it may be poorly developed or wanting on one side only. 18 ~ Mm% 4 md MX, Fig. 18. Spheroma destructor Richardson, 1897. Mouth-parts of female, x 24. va The drawings here reproduced are from a female. The males are, however, closely similar in general form, size, and appearance, but, as a rule, have the tubercles of the dorsal surface a little more prominent. Often there are fairly well developed tubercles on the sixth as well as the seventh thoracic segment and one or two pairs of small tubercles posterior to the central pair on the last abdominal segment. The males also have the postero-lateral borders of that segment more broadly and con- spicuously turned up than the females. This gives the posterior end of the body a slightly narrower outline as seen from above. A more detailed description can be found in Richardson, 1905. The largest individuals measure 9.5 mm. to 10 mm. long to the tip of the ab- domen. Their color varies from yellowish to a fairly dark brown or greenish brown, the color being due to minute, irregularly branching pigment-spots. About two hundred specimens (Cat. Nos. 3236 and 3245) were col- lected in submerged mangrove roots in certain creeks near Banana, where the water is quite strongly saline. Mr. Lang states that, though 66 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History ]Vol. XLUI V VI IV VII Fig. 19. Sphwroma destructor Richardson, 1897, Legs of right side of female, external aspect, x Ws. 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 67 abundant, its distribution was very local and that it was wanting from many apparently favorable stations in the vicinity, also that their bur- rows in the roots extended to, if not actually into, the sound and living parts of the roots, appearing to cause their progressive death and decay. I have been unable to find any material differences separating the Congo Expedition specimens from Richardson’s S. destructor described from Palatka, Florida, as far as the careful descriptions and figures given by that authority enable me to judge, in spite of the fact that the Florida specimens must have been from completely fresh water while the Congo specimens, as is shown by their boring in mangrove roots, lived in quite strongly saline water. Stebbing (1904) has reduced S. destructor to a synonym of S. terebrans Bate, 1866, from Brazil. The explanation he gives of the peculiarity ia the mandibular palpus in S. erebransas shown by Bate’s figure is a very plausible one and, with this diffi- culty removed, the reasons against accepting Stebbing’s view do not seem at all conclusive. Nevertheless, as Miss Richardson’s species is based ona full description and a number of careful figures, it would be neither just nor safe to displace it until more is known about the Brazilian form. Stebbing in the same article also reduces S. vastator Bate, 1899, from India, Ceylon, and South Africa (see also Stebbing, 1908, p. 49) to a synonym of S. terebrans. There are a few South African specimens in the American Museum collection (Cat. No. 54) from the piling of a bridge over the Isipingo River, Natal, which probably represent S. vastator. A comparison of these with the Congo specimens shows the resemblance to be very close. The tubercles of the back are slightly more prominent, the last segment of the abdomen is a little narrower and more angular in outline, and the legs are possibly a little stouter in the Natal specimens, but the differences are of a very slight and relative character and, without additional material, I am unable to decide how much importance should be attributed to them. S. bigranulatum Budde- Lund (1908, p. 304, Pl. xvm, fig. 55) from Zarizibar can hardly be a synonym of S. vastator, unless considerable allowance is to be made for inaccuracy in the figure of it published in that work. Superfamily BOPYROIDEA (= Epicaridea) Bopyridee Pleurocrypta langi, new species Text Figures 20 to 22 But one specimen of this species was obtained, a female probably not fully adult, having a large but empty and not completely closed brood-pouch. 68 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIL Body as seen from above very widely oval, the widest part far forward; the anterior end very broadly rounded, the posterior end narrow. Outline conspicuously asymmetrical, the convexity of the axis being toward the left side. Seven thoracic and six abdominal segments are distinct and separate. Dorsal surface flat and smooth; the lateral bosses (present on the four anterior body segments) are rather small. Length of body to tip of abdomen, 4.8 mm.; width, 4 mm. Head narrow, but little wider than long, deeply set back into the thorax; the posterior border quite evenly curved, the anterior obtusely triangular with convex sides and a minute rounded median projection or rostrum at the apex. Its anterior border extends conspicuously out beyond the general outline of the front end of the body. Rudiments of eyes in the form of elongate spots of pigment are present. Antennz well developed, the first with three, the second with at least five distinguish- able segments. Figs. 20 to 22. Pleurocrypta langi, new species. 20 and 21. Dorsal and ventral aspects of female, X 12. 22. First opercular plate of left side, ventral aspect, X 9. First thoracic segment very short on the median line, longer at the ends; the third segment is the longest and from that point the thoracic and abdominal segments diminish fairly regularly in length to the posterior end of the body, The epimera of the first four body segments are narrow borders, only the fourth is of the full length of the end of the segment. The epimera of the fifth, sixth, and seventh are succes- sively wider and are as long as the segments; they end off squarely but have the anterior and posterior lateral angles projecting a little; the seventh has a small addi- tional tooth just anterior to the posterior lateral angle, (This description is of the left side, the epimera of the right side are not well developed.) Legs of the prehensile type, moderately long for an animal of this group; minute claws appear to be present, Pe a ee ae 1920 Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 69 at least on some of them. The basis of these limbs has a dentate crest, and this and other proximal segments of these limbs have a few irregular papilla-like projections on the external aspect. The first five abdominal segments have their lateral ends extended into tapering flexible processes whose borders are coarsely and simply toothed or deeply sinuate; these processes or extensions of the segments show evidence of incomplete segmenta- tion in some of the narrow constrictions caused by the indentations. The pleopoda of these segments consist of two branches each, their basal portion is a mere projec- tion on the surface of the abdomen of irregular, somewhat papillated outline; the branches are both similar in character and size to the above described lateral processes of the segments. The sixth abdominal segment is very small and its lateral ends bend directly backward. They are extended into processes similar to those of the other segments and to the branches of the pleopoda. Uropoda, if not wanting, must be represented by these extensions of the sixth segment, for all other appendages appear to belong to the other five segments, though their crowded condition makes this difficult to demonstrate. Brood-pouch large, composed of five pairs of plates. Except the specially modi- fied first pair (see Fig. 22), they end in tapering points which overlap but do not com- pletely close the pouch. The last two pairs bear short hairs along the edges. Many parts of the body are studded with small, irregular, rounded projections or papille. They are present, as already mentioned, on the proximal segments of the legs and occur also in abundance on the ridges marking the abdominal segments on the ventral side of the body between the pleopoda, on the bases of the latter, and a few even on the proximal parts of the exposed surfaces of some of the plates of the brood-pouch, especially on the fifth pair. Color, in alcohol, yellowish, without pigment-spots. The only specimen (Cat. No. 3246) was found in the branchial chamber of an Upogebia furcata (Aurivillius) collected at Banana, July 1915, one of the same lot in which Pseudione chapini, new species, was found. Only the female sex being represented, and that by a single in- dividual which is perhaps not fully adult, the generic position of this species is difficult to determine, though it seems to be an undescribed form. Of the genus Pleurocrypta Hesse, 1865, in which I have included it provisionally, Bonnier (1900, p. 310) says that the known species are parasites of Anomala of the genera Galathea and Porcellana, and that two undescribed species have been reported parasitic on Paguride. Several members of the family Bopyride have been recorded as branchial parasites of Upogebia. Three are enumerated by Nobili (1906) and another is added by Hay (1917). The present collection adds two. Pseudione chapini, new species Text Figures 23 to 26 There are two well-preserved females in the collection, both similar in size and characters. 70 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Figs. 23 to 26. Pseudione chapini, new species. 23 and 24. Dorsal and ventral aspects of female, X 9, 25 and 26, Dorsal and ventral aspects, of male, X 18. Body as seen from above broadly oval in outline, narrowing rapidly but evenly toward the posterior end, which is rounded, Both specimens strongly asymmetrical, one with the axis convex toward the left, the other with it convex toward the right side. Dorsal surface flat and smooth; lateral bosses are developed on the first four body segments. Seven thoracic segments and six abdominal segments are distinct and separate. RT ee ee ee ee ee a a ee en a a Ne | 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 71 Head wider than long, deeply set back in the thorax; its anterior border is without a raised or thickened edge and is slightly convex in outline, conforming to the general oval curve of the body. No eyes; antennz very short, the first pair with three, the second with four segments distinguishable. First thoracic segment very short in the median part; the fourth is the longest; the succeeding thoracic and abdominal segments diminish quite regularly in length toward the posterior end. Lateral parts of the more posterior segments of the body bent backward, the last two or three very strongly so. Epimera of first four thoracic segments very distinct but narrow and shorter than the segment; those of the fifth, sixth, and seventh are wider and as long as the segment, but so fused with it that the line of union is more or less indistinct. The lateral ends of the thoracic and abdominal segments and their epimera conform to the general body outline, being slightly ~ rounded or nearly square without produced angles. Brood-pouch covering the entire lower part of the thorax but leaving the mouth- parts exposed. Legs small and weak, particularly those of the anterior part of the body. Basis of limbs not strongly keeled, but one or more of the proximal segments of each limb bear on the outer aspect a number of small, irregular, papilla-like or tooth-like projections quite conspicuous under moderate magnification. The pleopoda each consist of two broad leaf-like divisions; these have the base rounded, the edges smooth, and they end in an acuminate tip. Uropoda similar to the pleopoda but consisting of one division only. Length of largest female 7.1 mm.; width 5.2mm. Color in alcohol valichicialh without pigment-spots. A male individual was found clinging to the lateral ventral part of the abdomen of one of the females. It is only 2.3 mm. long, of elliptical outline when seen from the dorsal side, and little more than half as wide as it is long. It deviates very little in shape from the usual isopod type seen in many of the terrestrial Isopoda and, except that one side of the head is less developed than the other (the two antenne of that side being wanting), the body is very nearly symmetrical. This peculiarity of the head is doubtless merely an individual one, caused by some accidental injury. The head is wide, its posterior margin nearly transverse; it bears on the dorsal surface near the posterior margin a pair of minute, widely separated eye-spots. The first antennz are very short and small; three segments are distinguishable in them; the second antenne are considerably longer and have five segments, the last one end- ing in a pair of spines or short stiff hairs. All the seven thoracic segments are separate and do not vary very greatly in length; the first is, however, somewhat longer and the seventh somewhat shorter than the others. Five separate abdominal segments are readily distinguishable, becoming very small! toward the posterior end of the body; their lateral extremities are rounded and bent backward. This reduced number of abdominal segments would place the species in the genus Parione, Richardson (1910, p. 39). The tip of the abdomen is, however, in a more or less abortive condition in this family, and I cannot regard the exact extent to which this process has gone as affording any evi- dence of relationship or any secure basis for generic distinctions. Thoracic limbs all well developed; the anterior ones are short and stout, of the usual prehensile type and end in fairly long, slightly curved claws; the posterior ones are similar but less stout, and the claws are much smaller and shorter. The five pairs of abdominal limbs are reduced to fleshy lobes, which probably serve chiefly as respiratory organs. 72 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Color (in alcohol), yellowish. Two adult and well-preserved females, to one of which the male was clinging (Cat. No. of all the specimens 3247; the larger female is the type) were obtained from the branchial chambers of specimens of Upo- gebia furcata (Aurivillius), a thalassinid crustacean about one inch long which burrows among the reots of mangroves, in July 1915, near Banana. There was but one female in each host. Two more specimens of the host in the same lot had bopyrid parasites (in one case one on each side of the body) that were very likely of this same species but that were in too - advanced a state of disintegration to make out much of their structure. I have not been able to identify this with any previously described form. It is closely allied to both the American species P. furcata and P. curtata Richardson, 1904 (see Richardson, 1905), but is distinguishable from the former by the absence of a raised margin on the front of the head and by the wider pleopoda and from the latter by the form of the abdominal segments in both sexes, also apparently from both by the presence of papillze on the legs, which Richardson does not mention. But some of these differences appear to be of slight importance, and the validity of species so separated cannot be regarded as well established. P. upogebie, Hay, 1917, from South Carolina, which, as its name shows, is also parasitic on a Upogebia, differs in having the pleopoda provided with digitate processes, as well as in other characters. Two other species of this genus have been described as parasitic on European species of Callianassa, a genus of burrowing Macrura allied to Upogebia. These are Pseudione callianasse Kossmann, 1881, and P. dohrni Giard and Bonnier, 1890. The latter differs in having the pleopoda with thickened papillated margins; the former has been too incompletely described and figured to be taken into consideration here. Superfamily ONISCOIDEA Ligydidz Ligyda exotica (Roux) Text Figures 27 to 30 Ligyda exotica Ricuarpson, 1905, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Museum, No. 54, p. 676, figs. 716-718; 1910, Marine Isop. Philippines, p. 41; 1910, Proc, U. 8. Nat. Mus., XXXVI, p. 125. Ligia exotica Roux, 1828, Crust. Médit., p, 3, Pl. xi, fig. 9. Mitne-Epwarps, 1840, Hist. Nat. Crust., III, p. 157. Buppe-Lunp, 1879, Prospectus gen, spec. Crust. Isop., p.°8; 1885, Crust, Isop. Terrestr., pp. 266-268. Do.urus, 1890, Bull. Soc, Etud. Sci, Paris, XII, p. 7 (in part); 1898, Bull. Soc. Zool, France, ee 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 73 XVIII, p. 189; 1893, Feuill. d. jeun. natur., XXIV, p. 24 (in part); 1897, idem, XXVII, p. 211 (int part); 1898, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXIII, p. 126. BuppE- Lunp, 1898, Deutsch Ost-afrika, IV, part 8, p. 10. Ricnarpson, 1899, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X XI, p. 866. Doturus, 1899, Proc. 4th Int. Zool. Congress, Cambridge, pp. 255, 256, 260. Ricuarpson, 1899, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) IV, p. 335; 1900, Amer. Naturalist, XXXIV, p. 306. Sressina, 1900, in Willey, Zool. Results, part 5, p. 646. Ricuarpson, 1901, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 575; 1902, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., XI, pp. 306-308, Pl. XL, figs. 62a, 62b. Goto, 1906, Annot. Zool. Jap., V, pp. 267-281. Do.uirus, 1907, Ergeb. Reise Niederl. Ost-Indien, IV, p. 381. Buppr-Lunp, 1908, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, p. 303; 1913, Trans. Linnean Soc. London, Zool., (2) XV, p. 391. CuriTon, 1916, Mem. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, V, p. 462, figs. 1-22; Terao, 1915, Dobuts. Zool. Tokyo, XXVII, p 47. ? Ligia grandis Perty, 1830-34, Delectus animalium articulatorum, p. 212, Pl. x1, fig. 113. Ligia gaudichaudii Mitne-Epwarps, 1840, Hist. Nat. Crust., III, p. 157. Nicouer, 1849, in Gay, Hist. Chile, III, p. 265. Dana, 1853, U.S. Exploring Exp., Crust., p. 741, xurx, figs. 6a—-6h. ? Ligia (italica) coriacea Kocu, 1835-44, Deutschlands Crust., p. 36; Berichtig., p. 211. ? Ligia baudiniana Mirrs, 1877, (not Milne-Edwards, 1840), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 670. Ligia malleata Prerrer, 1889, Jahrb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst., VI, p. 36. This widely distributed form is too well known to require an extended descrip- tion here. Exclusive of the long slender uropoda, the body may reach a length of 30 mm. but none of the Congo Expedition specimens exceed 24 mm. in length in the case of male individuals, or 21 mm. in the case of females. In the alcoholic specimens the ground color is a light greenish yellow, which under moderate magnification is seen to be thickly dotted with minute, irregularly branched spots of dark pigment. These, becoming more thickly distributed on the dorsal parts of the body, give the animal a mottled greenish gray or slate color, which is, however, paler on the lateral parts of the epimera, so that the body has a lighter border along the sides. Among the principal specific characters are the form of the body, which widens rapidly in the anterior part of the thorax and then tapers gradually to the last seg- ment of the abdomen; the soft integument and the loose articulation and fragility of the segments of the body and their appendages (few specimens reach the museum with the uropoda and antennz attached and unbroken); the large epimera separated from the body of the segment by a distinct suture; the large bulging eyes; very long antennse and uropoda; and the distinct, though obtuse, angle at the tip of the ab- domen. The males have on the distal end of the first leg a small flattened lateral process which overlaps the base of the dactylus on the posterior aspect of the limb. The inner edges of the carpus and merus of this limb are devoid of spines and are, roughened with minute file-like oblique ridges. In the female the corresponding limb is more slender and lacks the lateral process and the ridges, but is provided with a number of spines in the position of the latter. The dorsal surface of the body is. more conspicuously granulated than in L. olfersii. ; 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 75 A large male specimen, 24 mm. long, has thirty-one articles in the flagellum of the second antenne. These reach a little way beyond the posterior end of the abdomen when well drawn back. In another male, 21 mm. long (36.3 mm. long inclusive of the uropoda), the flagellum of the second antennz has thirty-three articles. The terminal branches of the uropoda are 9.8 mm. long. In one of the larger females (length, 18 mm.; inclusive of uropoda, 29 mm.) the flagellum of the second antennz has thirty- three articles. The antennz reach a little beyond the end of the abdomen when well drawn back, and the terminal branches of the uropoda are 7.5 mm. long. In another female (length, 17.5 mm.; inclusive of the uropoda, 28 mm.) the terminal branches of the uropoda are only 6.3 mm. long. 28 29 30 Figs. 28 to 30. Ligyda exotica (Roux), 1828. 28. First leg of right side of female, internal aspect, « 15. 29. Tip of inner division of right maxilliped of male, 15. 30. First leg of right side of male, internal aspect, X 12. For a more detailed description of this species, with numerous figures and a discussion of its relationships, see Chilton, 1916. This isopod is found creeping or running on moist rocks, piles of wharves, bridges, etc., or hiding in their crevices just above the water on the coasts of most of the tropical and warmer regions of the world. Its wide distribution may be in part due to its accidental dispersal through commerce. It has already been reported from Senegal (Dollfus, 1897) and from the eastern coast of Africa. Over fifty specimens (Cat. Nos. 3235 and 3238) are contained in the Congo Expedition collection, all obtained along the shore at Banana from stones and rocks near brackish water in August 1915. Bulletin American Museum of N atural’ History im ey, ape Fig. 31. Ligyda olfersii (Brandt), 1833.9 Female , X 6,7. [Vol. XLITT 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 77 Ligyda olfersii (Brandt) Text Figures 31 to 34 . ; Ligia olfersii BRANDT, 1833, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, VI, p. 11. Buppg-Lunp, 1885, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 268. Ricuarpson, 1901, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mu- seum, XXIII, p..575. Curiron, 1916, Mem. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, V, p. 466. Ligia exotica Dotirus, 1893, Feuill. d. jeunes natural., XXIV, p. 25 (in part); 1897, idem, XXVII, p. 212 (in part). Ligyda olfersti Ricnarvson, 1905, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 674, figs. 714, 715. Resembles L. exotica in color and appearance but is somewhat smaller. The body is proportionately narrower, especially in its anterior portion, so that the outline seen from above is more nearly elliptical than oval. The surface is smoother, the 34 32 33 iS A D> Figs. 32 to 34. Ligyda olfersii (Brandt), 1833. 32. First lef of right side of female, internal aspect, X 12. 33. Inner division of right maxilliped of male, X 24. 34. First leg of right side of male, internal aspect, X 14. granulation being very faint and inconspicuous when the specimen is wet; the eyes are more elongated and less bulging, and the epimera much more completely fused with the main parts of the segments, while the body as a whole is firmer, less fragile and more compactly articulated than in L. exotica. The propodus of the first pair of legs of the male lacks the lateral process at the distal end that is present in L. exotica, but in the male the file-like ridges on the merus and carpus, and in the female the spines, are present as in the corresponding limbs of that species. Females 17 mm. to 17.5 mm. long when measured to the tip of the abdomen, have twenty-nine or thirty articles in the flagellum of the second antennx, which, when drawn well back, reach half-way along the last abdominal segment. A male 17 mm. long when measured to the tip of the abdomen (29 mm. long to the ends of the uropoda) has thirty-five articles in the flagellum of the second anten- nz, which reach, when well drawn back, half-way along the last abdominal segment. The terminal branches of the uropoda are about 7.5 mm. long. 78 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII This species is credited by Richardson (1905) with the following distribution: Key West and Puntarasa, Florida; St. Thomas, W. I.; and Brazil. There are specimens in the American Museum collections from Andros Id., Bahamas (Cat. No. 3122) and one from Guadeloupe, W. I. (Cat. No. 3123). With the material available I failed to discover reasons for considering the Congo Expedition specimens distinct from the American ones. The Congo specimens (Cat. Nos. 3240 and 3241), fourteen in number, were all obtained at Banana in August 1915, with L. exotica, and were picked out from among the lots of the latter species, from which the collectors evidently did not differentiate them. Budde-Lund, 1885, described a species L. gracilipes from Senegal, which, however, is smaller and has very long uropoda, the latter exceed- ing the body in length. Oniscide Eubeline (= Eubelidse auct. mult.) The next five species all belong to the typical subgenus of Hubelum. Eubelum stanleyanum, new species Text Figures 35 to 45 Body convex, contractile into a ball, oblong in outline when seen from above, with the sides nearly parallel except for a slight convergence toward the rear; it is of moderate width, broadly rounded in front, somewhat more narrowly so at the rear. Surface smooth, with thickly distributed minute pits, visible on magnification, but without granulation and without more than a slight trace of pubescence. Color of upper parts varying from gray to brownish with yellowish markings and margins on the segments. Some of the specimens have the epimeral parts of the segments, and most of them have the exposed parts of the uropoda, yellowish in more or less contrast to the adjacent darker parts. Under parts and legs yellowish. Size of large females about 11 mm. long; males about 9 mm. Head of moderate width, the epistome with a rather prominent, strongly up- turned superior margin; the anterior outline of the head seen from above is gently arched. Eyes rather large, with about seventeen ocelli, Antenne short and rather stout; their first segment small and very short, their fifth segment not greatly longer than the fourth; the flagellum is rather indistinctly three-segmented, having the first and third articles about equal and considerably shorter than the second. First maxilla with eight long sharp teeth (3-4-5), with an additional, very small, accessory tooth beside the second tooth on the outer division, and a row of about eleven plumose processes on the inner division, These processes are so closely crowded that an exact count is difficult. Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo Figs. 35. 35 to 44. Eubelum stanleyanum, new species. Female, X 8.4. Pleopoda of female, X 8.4. Pleopods of male, X 10. Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, X 9.6. . Outline of head, front view, X 9 Tip of inner division of first maxilla, x 100. . End of abdomen, posterior view, X 16. Inner division of maxilliped, 36. First maxilla, < 40. Second maxilla, X 36. 79 80 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Posterior lateral angles of first thoracic segment little produced and rather broadly truncated in an oblique direction, with a very short cleft to receive the second segment when the body is rolled up. Lateral margin of first segment when seen from the side very gently curved; it has a wide thick projecting border extending back to the truncated part of the posterior angle. Along the whole length of this border there is a narrow sulcus on the external aspect, but so situated that it is visible in a ventral view also. The whole projecting border is sharply separated from the main part of the segment by a deep but rather widely open groove. The inner side of the cleft for receiving the second segment is more produced in an obliquely down- ward direction than the outer side (though hardly extending as far in a directly posterior direction), and is narrowly rounded off instead of truncated. The second and third thoracic segments have a thickening of the anterior border of the epimeral part, as though caused by an infolding of the edge, but they bear no process. The lateral ends of the second to fifth (inclusive) segments are somewhat rounded off; the sixth and seventh are more squarely cut off. Legs fairly long and moderately stout, with stout but not very numerous spines. The form of the pleopoda is shown in the accompanying illustrations. In the female the first two pairs are more conspicuously swollen and tracheate than the others. The terminal segment of the abdomen has the median portion very wide and slightly tapering; the end is broadly and almost squarely cut off. The exposed part of the uropoda is obliquely quadrangular and somewhat elongate, its external surface only moderately convex. A large, shallow, transversely oval depression occupies much of the distal half of this surface. In, but near the margin of, this depression (well removed from both the internal and terminal margin of the basal segment) the very minute, short, rounded rudiment of the external branch is placed. The internal branches are rather narrowly tapered and do not reach to the end of the last abdominal segment. This species would appear to be common near Stanleyville, as the following specimens were collected. Females predominate among them; some have brood-pouches containing, young. 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 81 Cat. No. 3267. Stanleyville, Aug. 29, 1909. 6 specimens. Cat. No. 3257. Stanleyville, March 1915. 2 specimens. Female is type and male used in drawing figure. Cat. No. 3244. Stanleyville, March 1915. 31 specimens. Cat. No. 3258. Stanleyville, Aug. 10, 1909. 7 specimens. Cat. No. 3300. Stanleyville, Aug. 4, 1909. 1 specimen from the stomach of a toad (Bufo regularis). Cat. No. 3265. Bengamisa. Sept. 1914. 1 specimen. Eubelum stipulatum Budde-Lund Text Figures 46 to 55 Eubelum stipulatum Buppn-Lunp, 1899, Revision of Crustacea Isop. Terrestr., (part 1), p. 71, Pl. 1, figs. 1-16. Body convex, contractile into a ball; in a dorsal view not greatly different from E, stanleyanum, though the epimera are rather more squarely and evenly cut off at ' the ends. The body surface is smooth, even, and shining, without granulation but with scattered extremely minute pits visible only on considerable magnification. Color grayish brown above with rather obscure yellowish markings and margins on the segments; basal segments of the uropoda and the under parts and legs yellowish. Length of specimens: female, about 11 mm.; two males, about 9.5 mm. and 10.6 mm., respectively. Head with its anterior outline evenly convex as seen from above; the superior margin of the epistome forms only a very narrow projecting border but this is con- tinuous across the front. Seen from in front, this border slopes up gradually from the sides to the middle, where it forms a very obtuse and gently rounded off angle. Eyes well developed, with 22 to 25 ocelli. Antennz of moderate length and stoutness; their fourth segment is less than three-fourths the length of the fifth and the flagellum is distinctly three-segmented, the first article being the shortest, the second slightly the longest. First maxilla with nine teeth (3+5 with a slender accessory tooth beside the second) on the outer division, and a row of about eleven closely crowded plumose processes on the inner division. Posterior lateral angles of first segment somewhat produced backward, slightly truncate in an oblique direction at the apex, which is cleft to receive the second segment when the body is rolled up. The lateral margin of the first segment when seen from one side is evenly curved, with a wide thick projecting border extending along its length as far as the truncated part of the posterior angle. This border has a moderately wide and deep sulcus along its whole length; the sulcus is situated on its external aspect but is narrowly visible in a ventral view also. The whole projecting border is separated from the main part of the segment by a very deeply impressed groove. The inner side of the cleft posterior lateral angle is a little more produced ventrally (though scarcely more posteriorly) than the outer and, instead of being truncated, is rather sharply rounded off. Processes wanting on the inner surface of the lateral ends of the second and following segments; there is scarcely any thicken- ing of their anterior margin. Legs of moderate length and stoutness, with rather few spines. 82 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History 49 (Vol. XLIII Figs, 46 to 54. Bubelum stipulatum Budde-Lund, 1899, 46, Pleopoda of female, X 10.5. 47. Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, X 10.5. 48. Pleopoda of male, X 13,2. 49, Outline of head, front view, X 9. 50. End of abdomen, posterior view, X 16, 51. Inner division of maxilliped, X 34. 52. Second maxilla, * 34, 53, Tip of inner division of first maxilla, & 85, 54. First maxilla, X 34, 4 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 83 The form of the pleopoda is shown in the accompanying figures; in the female the first two pairs are much more swollen and tracheate than the others. The terminal segment of the abdomen is broad and tapering, with concave sides; its end is broadly truncated, with a slightly convex outline and the corners a little rounded off. Uro- poda with the exposed external surface very conspicuously convex; their outline is somewhat oval. The small external branch is borne in a notch lying chiefly on the external surface close to the terminal margin, which is a little indented. There is a fairly well-marked, shallow depression on the external surface between this notch and the outer margin. The inner branches do not reach to the end of the terminal segment of the abdomen. Specimens collected: Cat. No. 3264. Stanleyville, February 1915, one female. Cat. No. 3262. Bengamisa, September 1914, one male. Cat. No. 3302. Stanleyville, one male, found in the stomach of a toad (Bufo regu- laris) taken Aug. 4, 1909. Fig. 55. Eubelum stipulatum Budde-Lund, 1899. Female, X 10.5. Budde-Lund described this species from Bonge in Cameroon. His specimens were somewhat larger, 13 mm. to 15 mm. long, and had, according to his description and figures, more numerous ocelli (twenty- eight to thirty) and more plumose processes (thirteen) on the inner division of the first maxilla than the present examples, but otherwise the correspondence is so close that, in spite of the difference of locality,.I am unwilling to describe the Congo Expedition specimens as new, especially as they may not have reached their full growth and size. Possibly they may eventually prove to be distinct, but the information and material now available do not appear sufficient to furnish satisfactory distinguish- ing characters. This form is closely allied to E. instrenuum Lénnberg and Budde- Lund, 1912, from British East Africa, but in that species the margin of the first thoracic segment is described as scarcely sulcated (“vix sulcato’’). 84 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI Another nearly allied form is E. lubricum Budde-Lund, 1885, from Land- ana and Chinchoxo (Portuguese Congo), but that species is described as having the superior outline of the epistome partly effaced in the middle part of the head. (See also the next species.) Eubelum propinquum, new species Text Figures 56 to 62 A rather large male specimen (Cat. No. 3271), 13 mm. long, of a slaty gray color above with rather conspicuous yellowish markings and margins on the segments, appears to differ specifically from the form just described under the name FE. stipulatum, though exceedingly closely allied to it. The body is perhaps a little more stout and convex; the surface is exceedingly smooth, considerable magnification disclosing neither granulation nor pubescence, but the surface is dotted with minute pits or punctures abundantly and quite evenly distributed. The epistome has its upper border complete across the front of the head; it is but little projecting and is rather gently arched; the forehead is rather low; the eyes are large and prominent, with about twenty-five ocelli. The antennz are missing in the specimen here described. (Inaspecimen from Medje, Cat. No. 3249, presumably of this same species, they are moderately long and rather slender, their fifth segment rather more than one and one-quarter times the length of the fourth; the flagellum nearly equal to the fourth segment and composed of three articles, the first the shortest of the three, the second not much longer than the terminal one.) The outer division of the first maxilla has nine teeth (3+-5 with an additional slender accessory tooth beside the second); the inner division rs eleven or more closely crowded plumose processes. The first segment of the thorax has its alshion outer angles a trifle more pro- duced backward than in the case of Z. stipulatum, the outer side of the cleft ends in sharper posterior angle and the inner side is a little more produced backward than in that species. In a lateral view the lateral inferior outline of the segment is straighter (less convex downward); the thickened border is marked off from the main part of the segment by a narrower groove and is itself more conspicuously narrowed toward the rear; but these differences are slight and only noticeable on careful comparison, The legs are also more spiny than in that species; on the inferior aspect of the anterior pairs of legs the spines are so thickly distributed as to suggest a brush with short thick bristles. The abdomen and its appendages are also very similar to those of 2. stipulatum, In the present form, however, the last segment of the abdomen is longer and narrower, with the sides of the central extension parallel instead of converging toward the end. The first pair of pleopoda are proportionately longer. The basal segments of the uropoda are more elongate and the rudimentary external branches also more elongate and proportionately longer and more conspicuous, and the oval depression on the external surface of the basal segment is larger and more elongate, 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 85 The above specimen is labeled ‘‘Thysville, June 2, 1915, from a mushroom-shaped termite structure.’ The hard integument and bright colors of this species show that it cannot be an inhabitant of the interior of termites’ nests and, if the label is correct, it was probably merely taking refuge in some external crevice of the nest. Figs. 56 to 62. Eubelum propinquum, new species. 56. 57. Pleopoda of male, X 9. End of abdomen, posterior view, X 13. First maxilla, x 26. Tip of inner division of same, X 65. Inner division of maxilliped, X 26. . Outline of head, front view, X 10. Side view of head and first segment of body, X 7.8. Another specimen, alluded to above, (Cat. No. 3249), also a male but slightly smaller than the one described, labeled Medje, July 1914, is probably of this same species, but is in a rather poor state of preserva- tion. 86 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Figs. 63 to 70. Eubelum asperius, new species. 63. Pleopoda of female, 12. 64. End of abdomen, posterior view, X 16. 65. First maxilla, < 46. ‘ 66. Tip of inner division of same, X 90. 67. Inner division of maxilliped, X 42. 68. Outline of head, front view, X 9.6. 69. Antenna, X 16. 70. Side view of head and first segment of body, X 8.5. Eubelum asperius, new species Text Figures 63 to 70 The only specimen obtained is a female, 8.5 mm. long, with an empty brood-pouch. This species also very closely resembles E. stipulatum, described above, and the description there givea will apply to this form also with the following modifications. Body surface rougher, with small irregularly distributed roughened pits, easily visible with low magnification, closely distributed over the surface; they are slightly setose, giving the body surface a somewhat pubescent character. Ground color of upper parts rather light brown, lower parts and legs pale yellowish brown. There are the usual light markings and borders on the segments; the markings on the lateral parte of the back form more regular rows of short bars than they do in Z. stipulatum. 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 87 Head narrower and a little more convex in front outline in a dorsal view. Seen from in front, the anterior or upper margin of the epistome is highest at a point a little each side of the median line, where it dips down a little and is less well marked. Eyes proportionately a little larger, with about twenty ocelli. Antenne apparently a little longer; their flagellum has but two articles,! the first being very short. First maxilla with nine teeth (3+5 besides a slender accessory tooth beside tooth 2 on the outer division) and about nine plumose processes on the inner division. The characters of the first segment of the thorax are closely similar to those of E. stipulatum, except that the posterior angle is scarcely truncated but merely a little blunted at the apex. The impressed groove marking off the projecting border from the body of the segment turns up sharply and conspicuously just behind its anterior end near the eye. The sulcus on the external-ventral aspect of the border is less sharply defined. The notch for receiving the second segment when the body is rolled up is small but with rather widely divergent sides; its inner side is produced considerably farther back then the outer and is sharply rounded off. The second and third thoracic segments have the inner side of the anterior margin of the lateral parts quite conspicuously thickened but they bear no processes. These two segments are a little more rounded at the ends than in LZ. stipulatum. The spines on the legs are much worn and broken in this specimen; they appear to have been only moderately numerous. Last segment of abdomen wide, its median extension short, with the sides curved and converging toward the wide, squarely truncated end. The exposed parts of the basal segments of the uropoda are somewhat triangular, with the external surface moderately convex without any large depression. The notch for the small short rudiment of the external branch is on tle posterior margin well removed from the inner angle, and lies chiefly on the external aspect; seen from the inner or anterior side the margin is only a little indented by this notch. The inner branches of the uropoda do not reach to the end of the abdomen. The only specimen (Cat. No. 3256) is from Zambi, June 1915. Of the species described by Budde-Lund (1899), it appears most closely related to E. ignavum from Abyssinia. One of the most conspicuous differences between the two forms is in the inner lamella of the cleft rear angle of the first body segment, which in the present species is considerably extended backward beyond the outer, but is described in the Abyssinian form as scarcely longer than the outer. The last segment of the abdomen and the uropoda are also longer and less wide in FE. ignavum. E. instrenuum Lénnberg and Budde-Lund, 1912, from British East Africa appears to resemble this species in many characters but has the flagellum of the antennz composed of three articles. 1Though in some groups the number of articles in the flagellum is a reliable character for generic or subgeneric distinction, in Eubelum and probably also in some other sections of the Oniscide the char- acter seems to be of less importance, a two-segmented flagellum having apparently developed independ- ently in species not closely related by a coalescence of the two terminal articles. 88 73 75 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History 72 74 77 Figs. 71to78. EKubelum garamba, new species. 71. Pleopoda of female, X 18. 72. Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, X 22. 73. End of abdomen, posterior view, X 25. 74. Outline of head, front view, X 10, 75. First maxilla, * 44, 76. Tip of inner division of same, * 130, 77. Terminal part of second maxilla, X 44. 78. Inner division of maxilliped, * 44. [Vol. XLIII 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 89 Eubelum garambe, new species Text Figures 71 to 79 This species is represented by but one specimen, a female only about 7 mm. long, with marsupial plates developed. It is closely related to E. stipulatum and even more closely to E. asperius, but the body, though very convex, is a little narrower than in either of those species. Surface even but with minute, not very closely distributed puncte and with considerable pubescence. The thoracic segments have a considerable degree of in- dividual convexity in an antero-posterior direction; the part overlapped by the preceding segment is marked off by a rather conspicuous depressed line or furrow. Color grayish brown above, with obscure yellowish markings and margins on the segments; under parts yellow. Fig. 79. Eubelum garambe, new species. Female, X 15. Head narrow, superior line of epistome considerably arched and only very slightly prominent, but continuous across the front of the head. Eyes rather large but with comparatively few ocelli (about fifteen well-formed ones). Antenne of moderate length and stoutness, very pubescent. No third article was demonstrated in the flagellum, which is, however, fairly long and slender. First maxilla with eight teeth (3+5), in addition to a very small accessory tooth beside tooth 2 on the outer divi- sion, and about ten plumose processes on the inner division. Posterior lateral corners of first thoracic segment produced into an angle, which is not truncated or rounded off and is provided with a small cleft for the reception of the second segment when the body is rolled up. Sides of this cleft only moderately divergent, the inner side is rounded off and a little more extended than the, outer. There is a prominent and thick, but not very wide, projecting lateral border on the first thoracic segment marked off from the body of the segment by a well-defined furrow. The border and furrow extend almost to the posterior angle of the segment but the border becomes narrow and inconspicuous before the angle is reached. There is a wide and fairly deep sulcus the whole length of the border on its external ventral aspect, the sulcus widens noticeably in the posterior third of its length. The lateral parts of the second and third thoracic segments have the anterior border 90 SREP LEE Bulletin American Museum of Natural History Figs, 80 to 89, Hubelum tenebrarum, new species. 80, Female, x Sl. Pleopoda of male, * 11, 82. Pleopoda of female, x 11. 84. Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, 11, 84. Tip of inner division of first maxilla, X 115, 85. Outline of head, front view, * 11, 86. Mandibles, anterior aspect, * 32, 87. First maxilla, X 32, 88. Inner division of maxilliped, * 34, 50. Antenna, X 24, [Vol. XLIS : 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 91 thickened on the inner surface but bear no processes. Their ends are rather narrowly and sharply rounded and the ends of the remaining thoracic segments are less abruptly truncated than in LZ. stipulatum. The legs are of moderate length and rather slender; their spines are not very numerous but fairly stout. The abdomen is rather narrowly rounded behind, the ends of the segments bend or flare outward a little. The last segment is as in EZ, asperius but narrower and longer, and less broadly truncate at the end. The basal segments of the uropoda have the exposed parts somewhat triangular; their terminal border is quite oblique, the inner angle being much more produced than the outer and exceeding a little the tip of the abdomen. The notch for the short rounded rudiment of the external branch lies in the posterior border but mostly on the external aspect. Seen from the anterior or inner side, the posterior border is scarcely indented. The external surface of the basal segment of the uropoda is only moderately convex and has no large depression. The inner branches of the uropoda are rather stout; they do not reach to the end of the abdomen. The only specimen (Cat. No. 3260) is from the extreme north- eastern part of the Congo region, Garamba, collected in March 1912. Fig. 90. Eubelum tenebrarum, new species. Female, X 11. Eubelum tenebrarum, new species Text Figures 80 to 90 _ Body moderately wide and of oblong outline when seen from above; rather soft and quite loosely articulated; the lateral ends of the segments slightly extended. The back is not very convex; its surface is smooth but not shiny; punctate under magni- fication, but not pubescent. Color in alcohol dull yellowish white (white in life according to notes taken by the collector). Size of a large female, 8.7 mm. long by 4.3 mm. wide; the males are smaller, a large one measuring 6.8 mm. long by 3.4 mm. wide. Head small; its anterior outline nearly straight in the middle, though receding toward the corners. The superior margin of the epistome forms a projecting border only near the sides; in the middle part the line of demarkation disappears. Mouth- parts forming a prominently projecting mass. First maxilla with eight teeth (8+4 with an additional accessory tooth beside the second) on the outer division; the inner division bears a row of about eight plumose processes. Antenne very long and slender; the flagellum long, of two distinct articles of which the last is about two and 92 . Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII one-half times the length of the first. In some individuals a very obscure segmen- tation of the second article into two was demonstrated; in others I could not detect it. Eyes very small and imperfect, with indistinct ocelli and very little pigment. First segment of thorax with a moderately thick, but rather narrow, projecting border separated from the main part of the segment by a narrow deeply impressed groove. The border, which extends about four-fifths of the length of the margin, has a fairly well-marked sulcus along its external aspect. This sulcus is slightly obliquely situated so that it is somewhat visible from a ventral direction also, especially toward the posterior end. The posterior lateral angle of the segment is rounded off in a small curve and has a small cleft to receive the second segment; the outer side of the cleft extends a little farther back but not so far ventrally as the inner. The front margin of the epimera of the second, third, and fourth segments is thickened on the inner side but none of them bear any process. The thoracic seg- ments are somewhat rounded at the ends, especially in the anterior part of the body. The legs are rather long, quite slender, and rather weak. The epimera of the third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments end in rather sharp, backwardly directed angles. The last segment has a wide but very short base, the median extension has nearly parallel sides and a very rounded extremity. The basal segments of the uropoda are deeply notched on the posterior margin; these notches are occupied by the outer branches which, though small, are elongate and sharp pointed; they are visible both in a dorsal and ventral view of the body. The inner branches are long and tapering; they lie beneath the median part of the last segment, extending to its end. About sixty specimens (Cat. Nos. 3242 and 3266) of this species were collected at Thysville, June 2, 1915, “from the shelves of a cave’’ which is described in Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXXVII, p. 541. A few of the females have a brood-pouch developed, containing a few large eggs. The rather soft, loosely articulated body, the lack of pigmentation and the almost functionless eyes are modifications that would be expected in a form inhabiting such a cave as that in which this species lives. These modifications are, however, of a very superficial kind, and in the form and structure of its parts there seems to be no sufficient reason for placing it elsewhere than in the typical subgenus of Eubelum. ; Oniscing (= Oniscide auct. mult.) Synarmadillo globus Budde-Lund Text Figures 91 to 100 Synarmadillo globus Buove-Lunp, 1909, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, LI, p. 276, Pl. x1u, figs. 37-44. Body broad in proportion to its length; back very convex; front outline of head strongly and evenly convex; rear end of body rather broadly rounded, Articulation very compact and smooth; body surface unusually smooth, showing under consider- able magnification only very minute and even granulation and numerous depressed 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 93 Figs. 91 to 99. Synarmadillo globus Budde-Lund, 1908. 91. Male, X 6. 92. Pleopoda of male, x 7.2. 93. Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, X 6. 94. Outline of head, front view, X 9. 95. First maxilla, x 20. 96. Tip of inner division of same, X 50. 97. Terminal part of second maxilla, x 20. 98. Inner division of maxilliped, < 20. 99. End of abdomen, posterior view, X 7.2. 94 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII dots or puncte. Color dark slaty gray above, the segments marked and bordered with pale yellow, the under parts and legs also pale yellow. This is the largest and most conspicuously marked terrestrial isopod collected by the Expedition; the single specimen obtained, though a male and hence doubtless considerably inferior to adult females in size, would measure nearly, if not quite, 15 mm. long if straightened cut, and its stoutness and highly convex back give it unusual bulk foritslength. Head rather small, the superior border of the epistome forming only a very narrow projecting border, but this extends completely across the front of the head. Eyes proportionately small, with about twenty-two ocelli; antenne rather short and small, the fourth and fifth segments nearly equal in length, the flagellum with only two articles, the basal about half as long as the terminal one. The mandibles are more elongate and less crooked than in the next species (Synarmadillo lubilensis). The first maxilla has nine teeth (4+-5, two of these representing enlarged accessory Fig. 100, Synarmadillo globus Budde-Lund, 1908, Male, X 7. teeth beside the main row) on the outer division, and two plumose processes and a very minute spine on the inner division. Seen from one side, the lateral margin of the first thoracic segment is curved, especially in the posterior part; its posterior angle is cleft to receive the second segment when the body rolls up. The outer side of this cleft is less produced downward and backward than the inner; the latter forms a rather sharp angle. The whole length of the margin, almost to the extreme rear angle, is turned outward to form a thick but narrow projecting border of even width. This border turns sharply out from the main part of the segment, thus forming a fairly distinct line of demarkation but there is no impressed groove along that line. The border has a sulcus along its whole length; the sulcus lies on the external inferior aspect and is rather narrow, widening, however, somewhat rapidly a little way before the cleft at the rear angle is reached. Second segment of thorax with a short process on the inside of the lateral part; third segment with a slight rudiment of a process, The second to fourth thoracic segments inclusive have the ends somewhat angular, though a little rounded off, and not produced beyond the general outline of the body; the fifth has the ends broadly rounded; the sixth and seventh are rather squarely cut off. Legs rather long; they have few but stout spines. ee 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 95 This species differs from all related forms collected by the Expedi- tion in having the last segment of the abdomen taper to a slightly rounded triangular point, which, however, is not quite long enough to equal the truncated ends of the basal segments of the uropoda that fill in the outline of the body on either side of it. The external branches of the uropoda are represented by an exceedingly minute rounded rudiment borne on the external aspect of the basal segment close to, but a little above, the terminal margin (which is not indented) and near the inner corner. Just external to the rudimentary external branch there is a minute pore or pit filled with a yellow substance. The internal branches are long and slender and reach a trifle beyond the triangular tip of the last abdominal segment. The only specimen (Cat. No. 3243) was collected at Zambi in June 1915. It corresponds well with Budde-Lund’s description and figures. His specimens were from Cameroon (Bibundi and Bonge), collected by Dr. Y. Sjéstedt in November 1891. ; Synarmadillo lubilensis, new species Text Figures 101 to 110 The single specimen collected is a female, 13 mm. long, apparently fully adult, but without a brood-pouch. Body oblong in a dorsal view, contractile into a ball; the head wide, with its front outline only slightly convex; the abdomen broadly rounded behind. Articula- tion not very compact; back moderately convex, its surface slightly and very finely granular under magnification. Color dark brown above with obscure yellowish mark- ings and margins on the segments; under parts yellowish. The anterior margin of the epistome forms a moderately prominent projecting border extending across the front of the head. Eyes rather small, with about twenty ocelli. Antennz of moderate length, the fifth segment considerably longer than the fourth, not very stout; the flagellum is rather long and slender with two well-defined articles; its basal article is over one-third the length of the entire flagellum; the second article is very obscurely segmented into two parts, the terminal part a little longer than the proximal. The first maxilla has six teeth (3+-3, with an additional small accessory tooth beside No. 2) on the outer division, and two plumose processes and a conspicuous spine on the inner division. The mandibles are short and crooked; they have (on the right mandible at least) but one small tuft (“penicillus” in the terminology of Budde-Lund, 1909, p. 54) distal to the large brush-like appendage. First segment of thorax with its posterior lateral angles slightly produced back- ward and rounded off; there is a very small cleft to receive the second thoracic seg- ment when the body is rolled up; the inner side of the eleft is considerably less pro- duced than the outer. Seen from one side, the lateral margin of the first thoracic segment is nearly straight: its border is thin, widely projecting and, especially in the anterior part, considerably turned or rolled upward; there is no groove separating the 96 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII Figs. 101 to 110, Synarmadillo lubilensis, new species, 101, Female, 72 102, Pleopoda of female, X 9.6, 103, End of abdomen, paral view, X 9.6, 104. First maxilla, < 27. 105. Tipofinner division of same, X 66, 106, Second maxilla, 27. 108. Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, X 7.8, 100, Outline of head, front view, 7.8, 110. Right mandible, anterior aspect, * 27, cal site at 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 97 border from the body of the segment. On the inferior aspect of the edge of the seg- ment (scarcely visible in a lateral view) there is a broad shallow sulcus (rather deeply and sharply impressed along its inner margin and poorly defined along its outer margin) that extends along the whole length of the border of the segment and is con- tinuous behind with the above-mentioned cleft for the reception of the second seg- ment. Lateral ends of the second to fourth thoracic segments somewhat rounded off at the corners; those of the succeeding segments are more squarely cut off. Second segment with a thickening or infolding of the anterior margin of the epimeral part of the segment. This thickened part is produced at the end into a very slightly pro- jecting rudiment of a process. The third segment has the margin a little thickened but not at all produced. The legs are moderately long and rather slender, their spines rather few and weak. Fig. 111. Synarmadiilo lubilensis, new species. Female, X 8. - Last segment of abdomen T-shaped; its median part is narrow and rather elon- gate, with straight sides which converge toward the narrow truncated end. The exposed parts of the basal segments of the uropoda are obliquely quadrangular and rather narrow and elongate, with straight sides which converge toward the truncated end. They have a minute notch directly on the posterior margin, close to its inner corner for the very small and short rudiment of the outer branch. The inner branches are long and narrow and slightly tapered, they reach almost to the end of the terminal segment of the abdomen. The only specimen (Cat. No. 3259) was found in a termite’s nest at the Lubila River, September 20, 1909. Cubaris' (Diploexochus) bananz, new species Text Figures 112 to 117 This and the following species belong, according to Budde-Lund’s (1909) classification, in the subgenus Diploexochus. While agreeing to this subdivision of Cubaris as a natural one, the question may be raised 1Armadillo Latreille, 1804, commonly used as the generic name of this group is, as pointed out by Stebbing (1902, p. 650), antedated by Armadillo Brisson, 1762, syn. of Dasypus, a genus of mammals, and is therefore absolutely excluded. Cubaris Brandt, 1833, seems to be the next available name and is here used in a comprehensive sense for the entire genus. If used as a subgeneric name, Cubaris must, therefore, be employed for the typical Old World section of the genus. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT 113 115 Figs, 112 to 117, Cubaria banana, new species, 2, Female, x 16, 3, Pleopoda of female, X 27. 4, Pleopoda of male, X 27, 5. End of abdomen, pomerior view, X 27. ne 6 Antenna and outline of anterior segments, ventral view, X 18.5. 7. Female, X 16. 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 99 as to whether Budde-Lund was correct in using the name Diploexochus for it, since that was originally applied by Brandt (1833, p. 192) to an American species (C. echinatus) which may prove to be subgenerically distinct from the African forms. Body rather compactly articulated, ovate oblong as seen from above, widest at the posterior end of the first segment of the thorax. The anterior end of the body is broadly rounded, the posterior end has the outline of a rather narrow ellipse. Back highly arched. Surface, when seen under considerable magnification, very slightly granular and with a trace of pubescence. In addition to this minute granulation the dorsal surface is raised into low elevations, though these are slight and poorly de- fined. Along the middle part of the back these are mostly of rounded form and are very low and inconspicuous; a group of three on the fore part of the first segment, single median ones on the fourth and fifth abdominal segments, and a pair on the last abdominal segment being the most prominent. Along the sides of the thorax they are of oblong form and are more prominent. There are about six of these on each side of each segment. The lateral ends of the posterior thoracic and of the abdominal segments turn or flare slightly outward at the extreme edge. Color in the best pre- served examples gray or grayish brown; the segments with a narrow yellowish or pale border and yellowish markings, which in many cases correspond more or less closely in situation and extent with the above described elevations of the surface. The specimens are all of small size; the largest, could it be straightened out, would hardly measure over 5.3 mm. long by 2.1 mm. wide. They may not have reached their full size but do not have the appearance of being young. Except the usual differences in the pleopoda (see Figs. 113, 114), no sexual differences were made out. Head proportionately large; its front outline gently arched with a well-developed projecting border. Antenne short but moderately stout. Their flagella consist of two quite closely joined articles of which the first is very short. . Eyes large, with about fifteen ocelli. Lateral margin of first thoracic segment turned outward to form a fairly wide projecting border, but this is not separated from the body of the segment by any distinctly defined groove. The lateral edge is not thickened; on its ventral aspect _there is a well-marked sulcus on the posterior half; this narrows gradually and closes completely just in front of the middle of the segment. There is a small cleft (to receive the anterior margin of the second segment when the body is rolled up) at the posterior lateral angle of the first thoracic segment, which is conspicuously prolonged backward and broadly truncated with the corners a little rounded off. The inner side of the cleft extends backward fully as far as the outer side. The second to fourth segments inclusive are rather short; their lateral ends are not much extended back- ward and are rather narrowly rounded off; only the second bears a process on the inner aspect of the lateral part. This process is, however, quite long, though narrow, and is directed obliquely posteriorly and ventrally. The last three thoracic segments are longer than the three preceding ones; the lateral ends of the last two are some- what squarely truncated. The legs are fairly large and stout and bear few spines. The first segment of the abdomen is nearly (in some positions of the body en- tirely) concealed. The last segment is about two-thirds as long as it is wide and is considerably contracted in the middle part; its truncated end is a little more than half the width of the upper part of the segment. The inner branches of the uropoda » 100 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {[Vol. XLIII (visible only from below) are short and thick and extend but a little way down the inner aspect of the terminal abdominal segment; the outer branches are represented by very minute oval rudiments on the inner margin of the outer aspect of the broad basal segments of the uropoda, close to the constricted part of the last abdominal segment. Specimens collected: Cat. No. 3270. (Type) Banana, July-August 1915. Cat. No. 3268. (Paratypes) Banana, July-August 1916, 9 specimens. Cat. No. 3269. Zambi, June 1915. One male. From two small species of this group which would seem from the descriptions to be of somewhat similar appearance, C. bituberculatus and C. nanus, described by Budde-Lund (1910) from the region of Mt. Kili- manjaro, East Africa, this form is distinguished by many minor characters—from the former, among other differences, by not having the sulcus on the inferior margin of the first segment extending the whole length; from the latter by the outline of the rear margin of the first segment, which in that species is described as ‘‘subrectus, utrinque ad angulos laterales levissime incurvus.’”’ In the present species the rear margin makes a considerable angle above the conspicuously produced lateral corners. C. liliputanus (Dollfus), 1895, from Pretoria, Transvaal, is another allied form, but it has a longer sulcus on the first segment, the outer branches of the uropoda less rudimentary, and the terminal ab- dominal segment more constricted. Cubaris (Diploexochus) regulus, new species Text Figures 118 to 121 In spite of its very different appearance, due to the great development of the ornamentation of the dorsal surface, this species differs little from that last described in general form and in the details of its appendages. The largest specimen (both of the two good specimens available are females) slightly exceeds in size any of those of C. banana, although if it could be fully straightened out it would hardly measure over 6 mm. long. Such differences in the general form of the body as exist are due chiefly to the lateral ends of the segments being more squarely cut off and turning or flaring outward in a horizontal direction very much more than in C. bananw. Antenne short and small, their flagellum with two articles. Eyes with about fourteen ocelli. The outline of each side of the first thoracic segment is nearly straight when seen in a dorsal view. The sulcus on the ventral aspect of the lateral border of this segment is searcely at all developed. There is only a small cleft to receive the second segment when the body is rolled up; the outer side of this cleft is extended backward consider- ably more than the inner and it is rather widely truncated in an oblique direction. Second thoracic segment with a backwardly directed, tapering process on the inner side of the lateral part; the third segment has no process, The legs have some of their segments, especially the carpus, somewhat swollen or expanded dorsally. Color in alcohol grayish above, with the summits of the tubercles and borders of the segments, as well as the legs and under parts, light yellowish. ———— eee > NO0O0.0_0_000 (0 0.00 0M 00.0 0.0 102 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI Dorsal surface ornamented with large, highly elevated tubercles regularly arranged. They are mostly of more or less conical form with an oval base and rounded summit. In addition there is a transverse ridge at the posterior margin of the head, and near the lateral ends of the second to seventh thoracic segments there is on each side a large oblong ridge from which a curved elevation, less raised, extends down on the epimeron. The above tubercles are in addition to a conspicuous granulation of the surface; these minute granules are slightly setose. The tubercles are distributed on the head chiefly in two transverse rows; on the first thoracic segment in four rows; on the remaining thoracic segments in two rows, the posterior row having an odd number (seven or nine) and hence a median tubercle, the anterior row eight, none being median. The abdominal segments bear tubercles in one transverse row as follows: the first two, none; the second and third, six each; the fourth, four; the last segment, two. The pleopoda and uropoda differ scarcely at all from those of the last described species, though the rudiment of the external branch of the uropoda is larger. Two females, Cat. No. 3251 (the larger one the type) were collected at Stanleyville in March 1915, with specimens of Eubelum propinquum. Another specimen (Cat. No. 3301), in poor condition, was found in the stomach of a toad (Bufo regularis) collected at Avakubi, Oct. 2, 1909. This form is related to C. formicarum (Budde-Lund), 1909, p. 57, Pl. v, figs. 44-56, from South Africa, but the figures show, among other differences, that the terminal segment of the abdomen and the uropoda are much more elongated in Budde-Lund’s species than in the present one. Niambia squamata (Budde-Lund) Text Figures 122 to 126 Porcellio (Leptotrichus) sgquamatus Buppr-Lunp, 1885, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 196. ? Leptotrichus squamatus Douurvus, 1898, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXIII, p. 125. Niambia squamata Buppve-Lunp, 1904, Revision Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 37; 1908, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, II, p. 280, 295; 1909, in Schultze, Ergebn. Forschungsr. Siidafrika, Il, p. 60, Pl. vi, figs. 1-3. Srepsina, 1910, Ann. South African Mus., VI, p. 441. Body as seen from above very wide; the general outline broadly rounded in front and behind; it is fairly compactly articulated; both the head and abdomen are short and moderately set into the thorax. The back is quite convex; the surface smooth and even, but thickly covered with small evenly distributed setose granules. Color slaty gray above, with inconspicuous yellowish markings on the lateral areas of the thorax; legs and lower parts yellowish. The animal does not appear to be able to roll up into a ball, In the single female specimen the body broadens posterior to the middle, reaching its greatest width about the end of the fifth segment; in the two male specimens the outline seen from above is more oblong, with sides more nearly parallel, The female also has the back more strongly convex, Size of female (not fully adult), 5.6 mm. long by 3 mm, wide; largest male, 7.2 mm. long by 4.1 mm, wide. 1920] _ Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 103 Head small; as seen from above its posterior border is sinuous, while its anterior outline appears simply convex; two small but very prominent lobes are, however, present at the anterior lateral corners but extend so directly downward (ventrally) that they are barely if at all visible in a dorsal view. The superior border of the epi- stome is marked by an impressed line. The eyes are small, with few ocelli, and are situated just above the small lateral lobes; they are likewise but slightly visible in a dorsal view. Antenne short but fairly stout; their flagella have two articles, of which the last is about twice as long as the first. Figs. 122 and 123. - Niambia squamata (Budde-Lund), 1885. Female, x 15. The first thoracic segment is considerably the longest; the fourth and seventh are noticeably shorter than the others. Their lateral ends are cut off almost squarely, but the corners of the first two are rounded off and the posterior corners of the last four or five are produced a little backward, the posterior ones to the greatest extent. Legs moderately long and stout (the anterior ones shorter), with sharp, moderately long claws and numerous rather short, stout spines at the joints and on the ventral side, especially on the merus and carpus of each limb. 104 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI Figs. 124 to 126. Niambia squamata (Budde-Lund), 1885. 129. Male, X 12. 125. Pleopoda of male, X 12. 126. Pleopoda of female, x 14. Abdomen with all six segments separate and exposed, The lateral parts of the first and second are covered by the thorax; the following three have the ends extended and tapering to a point, and bent almost directly backward. The terminal segment has the median part of its dorsal surface depressed or concave; the outline of the segment is triangular, with concave sides tapering behind to a rather sharp triangular point. The basal joints of the uropoda are slightly tapering; they do not reach as far as the tip of the last segment. The external branches are large, rather wide at the base, and tapering gradually to a point. The inner branches are elongate and tapering and lie along the ventral aspect of the last segment of the abdomen but do not quite reach its tip. Three specimens(Cat. No. 3254) were obtained at Zambi, June 1915. The species has previously been recorded from the Portuguese Congo (Landana, Chinchoxo) and doubtfully (Dollfus, 1898) from Senegal. 1920] Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 105 BIBLIOGRAPHY Barnarp, K. H. 1911-1914. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa, Part 3, (1914), Additions to the Marine Isopoda with notes on some previously incompletely known species. Ann. South African Museum, X, pp. 325a-358a, 359-442, Pls. xxvlI—xxXvIII. Bate, C. 8. 1866. Carcinological Gleanings, No. 2. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3) XVII, pp. 24-31, Pl. mu. Bonnier, J. 1900. Contributions 41’ étude des fee Bopyridz. Trav. Lab. Zool. Wimereux, VIII, pp. 1-396, Pls. 1-xu1, text figs. 1-62. (See also Giard and Bonnier.) Boyatutus, C. 1885. New or imperfectly known Isopoda. Part I, Bihang till k. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handlingar, X, No. 11, pp. 1-32, Pls. 1-v. Branpt, J. F. 1833. Conspectus Monographie Crustaceorum Oniscodorum~Lat- reillii. Bull. Soc. Impér. Nat. Moscou, VI, pp. 171-193. Buppe-Lunp, G. 1879, Prospectus generum specierumque Crustaceorum Isopodum terrestrum. Copenhagen. 1885. Crustacea Isopoda Terrestria per familias et genera et species descripta, pp. 1-319. Hauniz. 1898. Die Land-Isopoden Ost-Afrikas, Deutsch Ost-Afrika, IV, 10 pp., 1-F, 1899. A revision of Crustacea Isopoda Terrestria with additions and illus- trations. Part I. Eubelum. Ent. Meddel., (2) I, pp. 69-97, Pls. I-v. 1904. Same, Part II, Spherillonine, Part III, Armadillo. Copenhagen. pp. 33-144, Pls. vi—x. 1908. Isopoda von Madagaskar u. Ostafrika, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ost- afrika in d. Jahren 1903-1905, II, p. 265-308, Pls. xm—xvim1. 1908. Terrestrial Isopoda from Egypt. Res. Swed. Zool. Exped. Egypt, (part 3, No. 5) 12 pp., 1 pl. 1909. Isopoda (1. Land-Isopoden), in Schultze, Zool. u. Anthrop. Ergebn. einer Forschungsreise in west. u. zent. Siidafrika, II, pp. 53-70, Pls. v-vil, Jena. 1910. Crustacea. 2, Isopoda, Sjéstedt., Wiss. Ergebn. schwed. zool. Exped. nach d. Kilimandjaro, III, part 21, pp. 3-20, Pls. 1, 1. 1912. Terrestrial Isopoda. The Percy Sladen Trust Exp. to the Indian Ocean, IV, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., (2) XV, pp. 367-394, Pls. Xx—xXxl. (See also Lénnberg and Budde-Lund.) Cuaitton, C. 1916. Fauna of the Chilka Lake, Mem. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, V, pp. 461-482, figs. 1-22. Dana, J. D. 1853. Crustacea. U.S. Exploring Exped., XIV, Isopoda,pp. 696-805; Atlas, Pls. xLvi—.iit. Doutrus, A. 1892. Voyage de M. Ch. Alluaud dans le territoire d’ Assinie (Afrique occidentale) en juillet et aoit 1886. Crustacés Isopodes terrestres. Ann. Soc. Entomol. France, LXI, pp. 385-390, Pl. vii. 1893. Notes de géographie zoologique sur la distribution du genre Ligia Fabr. Feuille d. jeunes naturalistes, XXIV, pp. 23-26, 4 figs. 106 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI 1895. Voyage de M. E. Simon dans I’Afrique australe (janvier-avril 1893). Crustacés Isopodes terrestres. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, VIII, pp. 345-352, 9 figs. 1896. Les Isopodes terrestres du nord de |’ Afrique du Cap Blane a Tripoli (Maroc, Algérie, Tunisie, Tripolitaine). Mém. Soc. Zool. France, IX, pp. 523-553, 5 figs. 1897. Les crustacés Isopodes terrestres A grande Gispersion, Feuille d. jeunes naturalistes, XX VII, pp. 205-212, 1 map. 1898. Note sur les Isopodes terrestres du Sénégal. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXIII, pp. 122-126, 2 figs. 1907. Isopodes terrestres des Indes néerlandaises, in Weber, Zool. Ergeb. Reise Niederland. Ost-Indien, IV, pp. 357-381, Pls. xxv, 29 figs. Grarp, A. AND Bonnier, J. 1887. Contributions A ]’étude des Bopyriens: Trav. Inst. zool. de Lille et Lab. zool. marit. de Wimereux, V, pp. 1-252, Pl. 1-x, text-figs. 1-30. 1890. Prodrome d’une monographie des Epicaridés du Golfe de Naples. Bull. Scient. France et Belgique XXII, pp. 367-891, Paris. Hansen, H. J. 1890. Cirolanide et familie nonnulle propinque Musei Hauniensis. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., (6) V, pp. 239-426, Pls. 1-x. 1905. Revision of the Waropeit marine forms of the Cirolanine, a sub- family of Crustacea Isopoda. Journ. Linnean Soc. London, Zool., XXIX, pp. 337-373, Pls. xxxmI-xxxv. Hay, W.P. 1917. A new genus and three new species of parasitic isopod crustaceans. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., LI, pp. 569-574, Pls. xcvim—c. Herxvorts, J. A. 1870. Deux nouveaux genres de Crustacés vivant en parasites sur des poissons, Epichthys et Ichthyoxenos. Arch. Néerland. Sci. exact. et nat., V, p. 120-137, Pl. v. Hitcenvorr, F. 1893. Die von Herrn Dr. Biittner im Togolande gesammelten Onisciden’ und zwei neue Macruren. Sitzungsber. Gesell. naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1893, pp. 152-157. Keiser, C. 1879. Ueber einige neue Cymothoiden, Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wiss., * Wien, (math.-nat. Klasse), LX XVIII (Abt. 1), pp. 401-416, 2 Pls. KossMAnn, R. 1881. Studien tiber Bopyriden. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., XX XV, pp. 652-680, Pls. 32-35. Leacn, W. E. 1815. A tabular view of the external Characters of Four Classes of Animals which Linné arranged under Insecta. Trans. Linnean Soc. London, (series 1), XI, pp. 306-400. 1818. Cymothoadées, in Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles, XII, pp. 338- 354, Lénwnpera, E. anp Buppe-Lunp, G. 1912. Crustacea collected by the Swedish Zoological Expedition to British Hast Africa, 1911, Ark, Zool. k. Svensk. Vetenskpsakad., VII, (No. 26), pp. 1-9, 5 figs. Mrers, E.J, 1881, Ona Collection of Crustacea made by Baron Hermann Maltzam on Gorée Island, Senegambia. Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist., (5) VIII, pp. 204— 220, 259-281, 364-377, Pls. xur—xvi, (Isopoda, pp, 369-371 and 376.) Mitne-Epwarps, M, 1834-40, Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés, I-III, Pls. 1-xiu. Isopoda in III (1840), pp, 115-283, Pls. xxx1-xxx111. 1920] | Van Name, Isopods of the Belgian Congo 107 Nicotet, H. 1849. In Gay, C., Historia de Chile, Zool., III, pp. 256-284, Paris. Nosiu1, G. 1906. Nuovi Bopiridi, Atti R. Acad. Sci. Torino, XLI, pp. 1098-1113, 1 Pl.- 1906. Spedizione al Ruwenzori di S$. A. R. Luigi Amedeo di Savoia Duca degli Abruzzi, IX. Crostacei. Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Torino, XXI, No. 544, pp. 1-2. 1909. Crostacei. Il Ruwenzori, Parte Scientif., I, pp. 357-358. Perty, M. 1830-1834. Delectus animalium articulatorum que in itinere per Braziliam annis 1817-1820 collegerunt J. B. de Spix et C. V. Ph. de Martius. Monachii. Ricuwarpson, H. 1897. Description of a new species of Spheroma. Proce. Biol. Soc. Washington, XI, pp. 105-107. 1900. Synopses of North American Invertebrates. VIII. The Isopoda. Amer. Naturalist, XXXIV, pp. 207-230, 295-309, figs. 1-16. 1901. Key to the Isopods of the Atlantic Coast of North America, with descriptions of new and little known species. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. XXIII, pp. 493-579, figs. 1-34. 1905. A monograph of the Isopods of North America. Bull. No. 54, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. i-liii, 1-727; text figs. 1-740. 1902. The marine and terrestrial Isopods of the Bermudas with descrip- tions of new genera and species. Trans..Connecticut Acad. Sci., XI, pp. 277-310, Pls. xxxvi-x.. 1905. Contributions to the Natural History of the Isopoda. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XXVII, pp. 1-89, 657-681; 131 figs. | 1908. Terrestrial Isopods of the family Eubelide collected in Liberia by Dr. O. F. Cook. Smithsonian Miscell. Coll., L, pp. 219-247, figs. 50-116. 1910. Marine Isopods collected in the Philippines by the U. 8S. Fisheries ' steamer Albatross in 1907-8, Bureau of Fisheries Document No. 736, pp. 1-44, figs. 1-39. Roux, J. L. F. 1828. Crustacés de la Mediterranée et de son littoral. Paris et Marseille. Scnia@prTe, J.C. anp MeINERT, F. 1879. De Cirolanis ®gas simulantibus. Com- mentatio brevis, Naturhist. Tidsskr., (3) XII, pp. 279-302, Pls. mv. 1879-84. Symbole ad Monographiam Cymothoarum, Crustaceorum Iso- podum Familiz. Naturhist. Tidsskr. (3) XII, (1879-80), pp. 321-414, Pls. vu—xiu1; XIII, (1881-83), pp. 1-166, 281-378, Pls. 1-—xv1; XIV, (1884), pp. 221-454, Pls. vi—-xvum. Sreppine, T. R. R. 1900. On Crustacea brought by Dr. Willey from the South Seas, in Willey, Zoological Results based on material collected in New Britain, New Guinea, Loyalty Islands and elsewhere, Part V, pp. 603-690, Pls. LxIv-LxxIv. 1904. Gregarious Crustacea from Ceylon. Spolia Zeylanica, II, pp. 1-29, 6 Pls. 1908. South African Crustacea, (Part 4), Ann. South African Mus., VI, pp. 1-96, Pls. 1—x1v. 1908. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition. Report on the Isopoda Terrestria. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 554-560, Pl. XXVII. 108 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT 1910. Isopoda from the Indian Ocean and British East Africa. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., XIV, p. 83-122, Pls. v—xr. 1910. General Catalogue of South African Crustacea. (Part 5 of South African Crustacea for the Marine Investigations in South Africa.) Ann. South African Mus., VI, pp. 281-593, Pls. xv-xxm. 1911. Indian Isopods. Records Indian Museum, Calcutta, VI, pp. 179- 191, Pls. x—xm. Sruper, T. 1884. Isopoden, gesammelt wiihrend der Reise 8. M.S. Gazelle um die Erde 1874-1876. Abh. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1883, phys.-chem. Abt., pp. 1-28, Pls. 1, 1. VANHOEFFEN, E. 1914. Die Isopoden der deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition, 1901- 1903. Deutsche Siidpolar-Exp., XV, pp. 449-598, figs 1-132. Wepentssow, T. 1894. Di alcuni crostacei raccolti nel paese dei Somali dall’ Ing. L. Brichetti-Robecchi. Bull. Soc. Entomol. Italiana, X XVI, pp. 408- 424. 59.57,8 (67.5) Article VI— LEPIDOPTERA OF THE CONGO, BEING A SYSTE- MATIC LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS COL- LECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY CONGO EXPEDITION, TOGETHER WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME HITHER- TO UNDESCRIBED SPECIES! By W. J. HoLuanp Piates VI tro XIV anv 9 Text FiGuRES About twenty-five years ago I published a number of papers upon the Lepidoptera of tropical Africa, in which I described numerous forms, which appeared to me to be new to science. These papers appeared in various journals.? I am pleased to observe that in most cases the correctness of my judgment with the lapse of time has been con- firmed, and but few of the species named in these publications have been relegated to the synonymy. In the case of the moths my industri- ous and learned friend, Sir George F. Hampson, in his monumental work upon the moths of the world, has in some instances changed the generic references, but has accepted most of the new genera of Hetero- cera which I proposed, and has allowed my specific names tostand. At the time to which I refer I had in contemplation the preparation of a comprehensive work upon the butterflies of Africa. As a preliminary to this large undertaking I published in the Proceedings of the Zoo- logical Society of London, 1896, pp. 1-104, a ‘Synonymic Catalogue of the Hesperiide of Africa and the Adjacent Islands.’ Shortly after this had appeared I became aware through correspondence that my friend, Dr. Christopher Aurivillius, the Secretary of the Royal Academy of Science in Stockholm, was about to publish a work upon the same subject. It presently appeared under the title ‘Rhopalocera Aithiopica.’ To my astonishment I discovered that the author had paid me the compliment of omitting from his treatise the great family of the Hes- periide, for the reason, as he states in his introduction, that this family had been so thoroughly covered in my recently published paper, that he did not deem it necessary to retraverse the ground. With the appear- ance of the great work of Dr. Aurivillius the motive to further prosecute my self-imposed labors vanished to a great degree, but my interest in 1Scientific Results of the American Museum Congo Expedition. Entomology, No. 6. 2Entomological News, Psyche, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Canadian Entomolo- gist, Proceedings of the U. 8. National Museum, and Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. 109 110 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol.. XLIIIL the subject did not altogether cease. Though busy with many other things, and becoming more and more absorbed in paleontological re- searches, I still cherished a fondness for that particular faunal nook in which I had passed so much time with pleasure, and kept on from time to time adding to my collection, and latterly to that of the Carnegie Museum, as opportunities presented themselves. The result has been the gradual accumulation of a collection of the insects of Africa, and particularly of the Lepidoptera, which is one of the largest in the world. It is indeed far from complete, but, nevertheless, contains many thou- sands of species and a vast assemblage of specimens. At this point I am tempted to narrate a little incident, which I have never recorded, but which is recalled to me as I am writing these pre- liminary notes. In the summer of 1903 it became my duty to repair to Brussels in order to supervise the removal from that city to Pittsburgh of the great paleontological collection which had been brought together by Baron Ernst Bayet, and which Mr. Andrew Carnegie had instructed me to secure for the museum of which I have the honor to be the Director. His Majesty, King Leopold, onthe day set apart to celebrate Belgian Independence, sent me an invitation to lunch with him at the Royal Palace. The Court was in attendance, because at half-past two o’clock in the afternoon the king, attended by his ministers, was to re- pair in state to the church of St. Gudule to join in the Te Deum. After having been presented to the ladies and gentlemen of the Court who were in waiting, I was introduced to Sir Ernst Cassel, the only other guest, and then the king was announced. He entered the room with the Princess Clementine upon his arm, came forward and greeted Sir Ernst and me, turned the Princess Clementine over to me to escort to table, and then with Cassel at his side bade the assembled company follow on into the apartment where refreshments were provided. I found myself seated between the King and the Princess. Conversation went on merrily, and finally a mischievous notion occurred to me, and, turning to the king, I said ‘“‘ Your Majesty, I have a favor to ask of you, which I am sure you will be willing to grant, and the propriety of asking for which I am sure you will recognize.’’ He looked me in the face and answered, ‘“‘My dear Doctor, I shall be happy to serve you, if I can, but what is the favor you wish?” I replied, ‘Your Majesty, I wish a concession in the Congo Free State.”’ ‘A concession in the Congo Free State!’ he exclaimed, and I saw a look of astonishment pass over the faces of a number of those at the table. “Yes, your Majesty. But I must explain myself fully. For many years I have been interested in 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 111 African entomology, and have named and described many species of butterflies and moths from the region over which you in part bear rule. I wish to go on with my work, and I therefore wish you to issue a decree that the insect tribes of the Congo shall at a given date depute two of each species, a male and a female, to surrender themselves as hostages of science to whomsoever you may appoint to receive them, they then _ to be turned over to me that I may go on with the good work of finish- ing the task, which Adam left incomplete, of naming the living things on the globe.’”’ The king laughed, and answered, “‘ Doctor, you are as great a flatterer as the man who told King Canute to order the waves of the sea to retire before him.”’ “What?” I replied, ‘‘is it pos- sible that the royal prerogative does not extend so far?”’ “T am afraid it does not,” he answered, ‘‘but I will tell you what to do. Go to the Congo Museum and tell the Director that it is my wish that he shall turn over to you all the butterflies which he has not yet named, so that your wish may be gratified.” ‘“‘ Your Majesty,” I answered, “I know the Director of the Congo Museum, and unless you give me a note to the effect just stated, I am sure I shall not get a single butterfly into my hands.” The king laughed and retorted, ‘‘ Aha! I discover that he is a faithful servant of mine.”” We both laughed, and os was the end of this particular bit of our conversation. About two years ago I happened to visit The American Museum of Natural History and, among other things, was shown the large col- lection of Lepidoptera which had been brought back from the interior of the Congo State by Messrs. Lang and Chapin. The gentlemen in charge requested me to undertake the task of arranging and classifying the Lepidoptera. In amoment of weakness I acceded to the request, but with the proviso that they must not expect from me an immediate report, in view of the fact that my duties were already very numerous and that the work would have to be done at odd moments of time. The collections were sent to me, the butterflies being, I think, more in number than were in the Congo Museum in 1903. The result is the list herewith presented, which represents work done in the midst of incessant interruptions, or at times given to me for rest and vacation, or when others have been in bed and asleep. It has been a labor of love. I hope that to some extent it may help students of the future. It is hardly necessary for me to enter into a lengthy and detailed discussion of the relationship of the Ethiopian faunal region with those of other parts of the globe. It suffices tosay that, while the lepidopterous fauna of those parts of Africa which border immediately upon the 112 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Mediterranean is distinctly palearctic, the fauna of the lands lying south of the Sahara and traversed by the great river systems of the con- tinent is more nearly related to the Indo-Malaysian fauna, but pos- sesses a number of genera and species which occur nowhere else upon the globe. Beginning in the southern part of Senegal, in latitude 12 ° N., and extending eastward and southward to the headwaters of the various affluents of the Congo and the Coanza, there is a more or less densely forested region, thoughout which the flora and fauna with slight modi- fications are practically the same. Southern and eastern Africa are char- acterized by the presence of great expanses of grass-land, save along the watercourses. This territory, in which there is more or less aridity, extends northwest from the region of Uganda and thence west about the headwaters of the various rivers flowing into the Atlantic south of the Sahara, forming a selvage between the hot densely forested jungle- lands to the south and the dry desert-lands to the north. Here and there the forested country is interrupted, asin Angola and various points along the western coast, by smaller tracts where the forests are less luxuriant and open grass-lands occur. The lepidopterous fauna of the grass-lands, which until the end of the last century have been the home of vast herds of ruminant animals, reveals the predominance of certain genera, such as Teracolus, which are characteristic also of Abyssinia, Arabia, and southern India. The humid jungles along the Coanza, the Congo and its tributaries, the Ogové, the lower Niger, and the various rivers emptying into the Atlantic from Lagos to Dakar are the home of a fauna which by common consent is known as West African. Here is the metropolis of the African Nymphalide, of various mimetic forms of Lycenide belonging to the genera of the subfamily Liptenine and of various genera of the Hesperiide, which are found nowhere else upon the globe. Here and there this great forest region is invaded on its eastern and northern borders by inwardly projecting stretches of the surrounding grass-lands, and there is thus noted a transition on its periphery from the West African fauna to the South African or East African fauna. In fact, the East African fauna and South African fauna reappear on the north and northwest of the irregular territory in which the West African fauna occurs. At the very mouth of the Congo there occurs in the region of Matadi an intrusion into the West African region of some forms which may properly be considered as characteristic of the South and East African fauna. The largest portion of the collection returned by the American Museum Congo Expedition was obtained at Medje, a point near the Oe ee See? Sa 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 113 Nepoko River in the very heart of the forest. The collections at Medje were principally made from April until September, 1910. A number of specimens are recorded as taken at points not far distant from Medje, such as Gamangui, Bafwabaka, and Avakubi. In the fall of the year 1910 and thereafter during the year 1912 considerable collecting was done at Niangara and Faradje, the former on the Uelle River, the latter upon the Dungu, an eastern affluent of the Uelle. The collections from Niangara and Faradje reveal the fact that thosé localities, while still within the limits of the West African subregion, are nevertheless not far from the line of contact with the East African, or Abyssinian, region which sends a long, narrow, westward projection south of the Sahara toward the mouth of the Senegal. Specimens were occasionally taken in the course of the journeyings of the members of the expedition at various points throughout the region from Angola eastward, and the labels attached to the insects reveal captures made at such points as Matadi, Basoko, Stanleyville, and Bafwaboli. Regular and systematic collecting, however, seems to have been confined largely to the three points already indicated, Medje, Niangara, and Faradje, and more than nine-tenths of the specimens brought back bear these locality labels. The collection as a whole has a distinctly West African facies. The collection is one of the largest which has been made in recent years in that region. I am given to understand by the gentlemen who made it that to a considerable extent they employed the assistance of natives. It is particularly rich in the larger and showier species, es- pecially of the Nymphalide, which are characteristic of the territory visited. But little attention was paid to the moths, which is much to be regretted, as it is among these that the greatest number of novelties might have been expected to occur. Mr. Lang tells me that little col- ecting was done at night. The smaller diurnal lepidoptera are also but scantily represented. This is particularly true of the Lycznide and the Hesperiide. Of course I understand the principal aim of the expedition was to collect vertebrates. The making of entomological collections was more or less a subsidiary purpose. Nevertheless, it is upon the whole an extensive collection, containing not far from nine thousand specimens, representing more than seven hundred and twenty-five species and varieties. Most of the specimens are in good condition, and, while not yielding as many species new to science as I had hoped might be the case, it gives the American Museum a fine nucleus upon which to build in coming years. 114 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII In preparing the following list I have acted upon the suggestion of Mr. Lang to give a reference to the most easily accessible illustration of each species. In a few cases no illustration has as yet been published, in other cases the only illustration is in a recondite corner of the litera- ture, and I have not in some such instances taken the pains to cite the figure, as the specialist interested in the subject will know as well as I how to find such illustrations. I have constantly referred, in the case of the butterflies, to the illustrations given by Aurivillius in Vol. XIII of Seitz’s ‘Die- Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde.’ This volume gives, for the most part, very good figures of the Rhopalocera of the Ethiopian region. The copy in my possession unfortunately is incomplete, its publication apparently having been interrupted at the outbreak of the war. At all events, since the fall of 1914 no parts of the book which was being issued at Leipzig have come to hand.! In no instance have I endeavored to give a complete synonymy where a species has been frequently mentioned in the literature of the subject. I have, however, endeavored in all cases to cite the original description or figure of the species and havé followed this by citation of one of the latest references to that species, or of the subspecies, in ease a subspecifie reference is called for. The student who desires to explore the synonymy may consult among other works the ‘Rhopalo- cera Aithiopica’ of Dr. Aurivillius and the revisions published by Roth- schild and Jordan in the ‘Novitates Zoologice’ of the genera Charazes, Papilio, and the family Sphingide. The synonymy of the Hesperiide published up to the year 1895 is given quite completely in my ‘Synony- mic Catalogue of the Hesperiide of Africa,’ and so forth (ef. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896). In studying the moths, reference should be made to Sir George F. Hampson’s ‘Catalogue of the Phalsenz’ so far as published. Assistance may be derived from Kirby’s ‘Catalogue of the Lepidoptera-Heterocera,’ but this work must be used with caution for, although references to the literature are correct, many species have in recent years been assigned to other genera than those under which Kirby listed them. In studying the Pyraustids and allied groups the writings of Sir George F. Hampson must be consulted, and in studying the Geometridae it is necessary to consult various papers published in recent years by Warren, a number of which appeared in the ‘Novitates Zoologi- Ce, 4 'The edition I have is that published in the German lang e between which and that published in the English language there may be a few slight discrepancies in the pagination, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 115 I have not attempted to give in connection with this paper a com- plete bibliography of the subject, as such an undertaking seems un- necessary in the case of any student who has access to the works men- tioned above and to the ‘Zoological Record.’ A complete bibliography would constitute a considerable volume in itself. Before closing these brief introductory notes I desire to express my sincere gratitude to Dr. F. E. Lutz and his amiable associates in the Department of Invertebrate Zoology in The American Museum of Natural History, and to the Director of the Museum, Dr. F. A. Lucas, who kindly granted me the privilege of reserving for our collections in Pittsburgh a small series of duplicates of each species in cases where there were duplicate specimens in sufficient number to permit the writer to retain a few. For this generous permission, as well as for the uni- formly kind indulgence shown me by the officials of The American Mu- seum of Natural History, I desire to express my thanks. To Mr. Herbert Lang, the leader of the expedition, I am indebted for a number of kind letters written to me in answer to inquiries made during the progress of my work. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PLACES MENTIONED IN THIS PAPER Avakubi.—1° 20’ N., 27° 40’ E. Isiro.—2° 50’ N., 27° 50’ E. Bafwabaka.—2° 10’ N., 27° 50’ E. Ja R.—2° to 3° 30’ N., 12° 25’ to 15° E. Bafwaboli.—0° 40’ N., 26° 10’ E. Kangvé.—0° 45’ S., 9° E. Bafwasende.—1° 10’ N., 27° 15’ E. Kwamouth.—3° 20’ 8., 16° 10’ E. Banalia.—1° 30’ N., 25° 40’ E. Leopoldville—4° 25’ S., 15° 20’ E. Banana.—6° §., 12° 20’ E. Lolodorf.—3° 15’ N., 10° 40’ E. Banza Manteka.—5° 30’ S., 13° 50’ E. Lubila R.—1° N., 26° 30’ E. Barumbu.—1° 10’ N., 23° 20’ E. Lukolela.—1° 10’ 8., 17° 10’ E. Basoko.—1° 20’ N., 23° 35’ E.’ Malela.—6° S., 12° 40’ E. Batama.—1° N., 26° 40’ E. ; Matadi.—5° 50’ 8., 13° 35’ E. Benito.—1° 35’ N., 9° 35’ E. Medje.—2° 25’ N., 27° 30’ E. Bolengi.—0° 5’ S., 18° 10’ E. Munie Katoto.— 0° 35’ N., 26° 5’ E. Boma.—5° 50’S., 13° 10’ E. . Ngayu.—1° 40’ N., 27° 40’ E. Boyulu.—1° N., 27° E. Niangara.—3° 40’ N., 27° 50’ E. Bumba.—2° 10’ N., 22° 30’ E. Noki.—5° 50’ S., 13° 30’ E. Duala.—4° N., 9° 40’ E. Nouvelle Anvers.—1° 40’ N., 19° 10’ E. Efulen.—2° 40’ N., 10° 45’ E. Ogové R.—1° S., 10° E. Faradje.—3° 40’ N., 29° 40’ E. Panga.—1° 45’ N., 26° 15’ E. Fernando Po.—3° 30’ N., 8° 30’ E. Pawa.—2° 25’ N., 27° 50’ E. Freetown.—8° 30’ N., 13° 15’ W. Poko.—3° 10’ N., 26° 50’ E. Gamangui.—2° 10’ N., 27° 20’ E. Risimu.—1° N., 26° 45’ E. Isangi.—0° 50’ N., 24° 15’ E. Stanleyville—0° 30’ N., 25° 15’ E. Ukaturaka.—2° N., 20° 30’ E. 116 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII New GENERA, WITH THEIR TYPE SPECIES PAGE Kallimula; type, K. osborni, new species. .... 2... 0... cece ee teens 149 Neptidomima; type, Neptis exaleuca Karsch................0 00 eee eens 164 New SPECIES AND VARIETIES, WITH THEIR TYPE LOCALITIES PAGE Bicyclus medontias var. obsoletus. Medije............... 00. cece cee cence 132 Mycalesis langi.. .MOd3e 5 0:05.5 10:5 Urs om. ead bis Me ate oa eee ee De 139 st Chapin. | Niangerae * so. cao Se ah reas Gs tees pF Neneh 140 Precis stygia ‘ver: fusctta: Mae os eS ahi oe be eke Se teat 148 Kallinwula osborné...” Mele 00565 SCRE eT Oe ea 150 Hypolimnas bartteloti var. obliterata. Medje................. 00.00 e eee ee 156 Buphadro ct var. noteta.: Medios ces" eta elas. I ee ae 173 6 ubotmidte.\ MOU uid ps cn ewinn Re ae 174 op om 06" fuloojasciata, Media. io. es os eke nee 174 iy " latajascinka. = Medeor er sy Oe as 175 " se! a epaiablier:: "RAGS, 6 60 5 Sethe ols cute oe eee 175 13 inandides. -Medje 3). 5) OSE RS BRS a ee ee ee 175 - VOMOMCR WARE i sis ease eis 5s bi EOS le a eee 177 . sypete var; miima. °° Media. o3 3 oo 36s ya os <0 deine 178 * Cpeemee. DENG 5.0 oo oe soo Sg ea cette ack einai ae 178 ad meodon ‘var. innotata; . Miedie» 60526 eR es 179 Buryphone lucast.: : Madios: ..5\55 6650S a DE Ce ls a ee 183 | Dieslogyna kahli. : Medi... 5 6. T es ea Rage eee OE ES eA 191 . ohndale: THOU ie 55 is she bce a EER A EON a ees 191 Cymnethor herminia var. poénsis. Fernando Po...............0.e eee e eens 196 amngt. ** DEOGRE . 6 os wn ic Re a re b Ca 6 ceo 197 rf éapellides, MOAI). EOL NE Tne ey cs Ch ae 198 * - ‘@nte fone Fubida,”: Media oS. F5 a hot hae ce Cas eae omen 199 n Reginw-Biisabetha:: Meage.. |. aciaci tes tek Cas sac acci he ramen 201 " Og0da War. TURORCENG. TAOBVE oo Oiien wi ca css 0 os ss cuaemoeane 203 Charazes protoclea var. marginepunctata, Gaboon............ 6660 c eee eens 206 Totigna rothtoides. ~ MOG. 035 6 PSF ae epee is sae oS UE 214 S) pgdpetials, DACRE S i PEED HERR he He vey se aN TRAE ees 214 Bolioia tanigh.- Methes.5. oR ERROR. ee ee 217 Deudorta batthélides,: ‘Niaheara. os 2075s eae vas 6 oe 00k ae eee 221 Spindaste Ghiiptnd:, Niangaen. oc. i ccc cae sin's.+ s+ o's 00.0 oh acpi ane 225 Tridkema Wutel.:° MaGie io. Se EF ae ee es nk cov ee OS Vv sckt Pe 229 Oboronla ornate Var. flava, BOG Ere ee ia ks bc a a's ER Ps 235 Mylothris spica form donovani, Niangara,.........6. 0. 0cc ee eee vere eeenns 236 Papilio ridleyanus var. fumosus. Bafwasende.... 0.0.0.0... 000000 e eee eee 247 Abantls rubrac “Medias 5 iis RPP CE as CSc 0 se a RE CED es 253 : Leplalina niangarensts. Niangara... ice eesec sec esavevdcceevesbovers 256 Myopoychs langl. “Me O56 55 CDEC SEE bs Cv in BV eee Te 262 Metarclla chaptnk.* Mayes: i558 hE cer ee tees ves os se eg ees 264 Nola bananés.. Banage: . o5 hice oa ae OL ROOT Sa ie nr Ae 266 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 117 Seer GNOMOLE, > Benito... 6255 Gis wihsda ts cael eal anemaeee es | 268 maunonmuomerys medjensis. Medje... .... 0... ....5000nscevevawtovewees 271 NINE SOCSBOTAGD 256s SD Pe cha hc eek oe ee 274 pease wariqoiuis. ~ Lolodorf . : «)(5,5 2idee8kh. Oe A eee eee 275 er eemnenes..) Dkattiraka...:. 5 .2'.5 .taucacss wes ot clit ee eens 277 Pere aeeemen. -AVAKUD o.oo)... bec civinde tip kaa ae aa eee 278 IEE EMO oP ee ee 280 Sphingomorpha aliena.. Banza Manteka................. 0.00. c eee e ee cees 285 ENE. AVORUD I i es LS cin puke eR oe aa ee le Rae 287 * eS OMIOMPOOR fF. 5 5.5. 50d ok ois Salk we ele eee 287 Ampnigonia hyalinata. Stanleyville....... os ccs’ topo cece ane eew end 288 srmermemmtt rwmeas, < MGIC... .. ... 6. oes cn chaeeeet ne se nah awe hee 289 DONT. GCC... chin eC kvnvcwsont undoes ek eemeael 291 mt ae Wat, polidior. Ukaturaka.. 000 Oe See 292 at NH MAOCIO 225.65 5h AE 6 dae VS SEA See ah a ee Re 292 - NNR. DAO 4 6 sis oa keinale cosas Chaban ool oe eae 292 af A OCT SE NORM RE Cg eer e28 293 ve CE REG 9, ahis c 0d oes hale c Ah MiSw eee Shae ee 294 ONTO Dik bs cla a's c's wlawo es ba ane sae bares 295 I BRBEE OMI OTOOD 55. 2) 68, d's ols ae SAE a Solis oe 296 a Scline «ope dle Ug ci Oe Sep a ae ae 298 a esa oh u's 0, ca: die, suse be # poate woh peasant lar dae ee 299 EE SS EEDSER CT RE ME He et es a een OP. 304 Cnr TL mmmsemete. MGGIC, . os sv ois cancun vos caccas ou bus im eee 305 meusere (1) weertanria... Medje..i.......5 6 0 og ee oe ee 307 eee edb. yaa, cae, Se a 310 Gomeememeariseneeria. Medje....... 22.6 .600. 00s as a ee 311 I UIIIEE DAOUIG oo. oii ons 8 sow eda e eo wdeb mete ee 312 Seen tT) MRMMEOOPOEG, DOI... ws. 2... +. oa ieie «ose stake akg bee Mien Ouie 313 Pseudoterpna (?) chapinaria. Belgian Congo..................0.-02000005 314 Eudemonia brachyura var. minor. Sierra Leone................6.00.00 00 316 I ES PORTE oe. oe backs Oda s oy # UR. Gaels bE Re Oe 318 Meee NERE, -MULUMIORT i. 5 gk Wales CRN Obs pnb wb elena oT 320 Rpmmemenenee: WOME, NIGTIGATA. (68. 6.5 is. cate as Ss » igi od > oe aid vk oe OE 322 Saliunca rubriventris. Stanleyville...................0-0000 eee Pewee nies 324 Proterozeuxis (?) medjensis. Medje......... Bo ae a oe eae aera a aa 325 er nnASnCES.- SOUGINES 2 3c. oa oa Bo a a Sia Ns oe eka pa ate ati eles 328 The following new names are proposed in this paper: Mylothris spica form donovani Holland, p. 236, 9 of M. spica (Meeschler) = 9 Papilio rhodope Donovan, not 2 of P. rhodope Fabricius. Anua hampsoni Holland, p. 280, for Anua producta Hampson, 1913, not A. producta Holland, 1894. 118 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT I. RHOPALOCERA Danaide Danais! Latreille (1) |. Danais chrysippus (Linnzeus) Papilio chrysippus LiInn2&vs, 1758, Syst. Nat., L0th Ed., p. 471. Danaida chrysippus Avurtviutvs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 71. In the entire collection, consisting of one hundred and ninety-seven specimens of this species, there are only thirteen individuals which can be referred to the typical form, D. chrystppus, and even these show traces on the hind wings of the white squamation, which is characteristic of the varietal form D. alcippus. As in the ease of the latter form, they fall into two categories, those in which the upper side of the wings is bright rufous and those in which it is dark chestnut or maroon. Noki, Kwa- mouth, Medje, Niangara, and Faradje. (2) la. Danais chrysippus alcippus (Cramer) Papilio alcippus Cramer, 1777, Pap. Exot., II, p. 45, Pl. cxxvn, figs. Z, F. Danaida alcippus AurRtviLui0s, 1910, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 72. One hundred and eighty-four specimens are referable to this varietal form. There is great variation in the shading of the wings. Some have the color of the fore wings bright rufous, others dark chestnut, while one aberrant male has both the fore and the hind wings prevalently pale argillaceous. The majority of the specimens have the hind wings broadly white, which is the typical form, but there are many specimens in which the white is reduced in extent until in some they nearly approach the condition which prevails in typical D. chrysippus, in which the white color is totally lacking. I find it utterly impossible by associating the specimens under the dates of capture, or according to the localities given upon the labels, to divide them into seasonal or local races. According to the labels, captures took place in January and February, then again in June, July, and August, and still later in November. From this it appears probable that there are at least two annual broods, and the insect may be on the wing throughout the year. Isangi, Avakubi, Gamangui, Risimu, Niangara, Medje, Bafwabaka, and Faradje. | ‘As every student knows, the word Danaus, first introduced by Linnwus into entomological nomenclature, was not by him and cannot be by us employed in a strictly generic sense, : Aurivilliue has resuscitated the name Danaida originally employed by Latreille, but for which he latter substituted Danaus and finally Danais. An author surely has a right to correct himself and amend his nomenclature. Latreille did this and, as Danais has been universally employed for a cen- tury, it seeme to the writer an excess of obedience to ‘the law of priority’’ to fish up Latreille’s lon g abandoned and forgotten name and apply it again, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 119 (3) 2. Danais petiverana Doubleday and Hewitson Danais petiverana DouBLEDAY AND Hewitson, 1857, Gen. Diurn. Lep., I, p. 93, PI. xu, fig. 1. Danaida petiverana, AuriVituivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 72, Pl. xxima. This is the African form of D. limniace (Cramer). The collection contains thirty-four males, taken mostly at Medje in June, July, and August, though there are a number captured at Niangara in November, and several from other localities: Bafwasende, Bafwaboli, Risimu, Faradje. Amauvris Hiibner (4) 1. . Amauris niavius (Linnzus) Papilio niavius Linnzvs, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 470. Amauris niavius AuRIVILLIUsS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 74, Pl. xxmid. There are twenty-five specimens, of which three (two of them not expanded) are females. The most of them were taken at Medje from July to September, though a few are labelled as taken at Niangara in November. (5) 2. Amauris damocles (Palisot de Beauvois) Papilio damocles Pauisor pr Bravvois, 1805-1821, Ins. Rec. en Afrique et Amérique, Lép., p. 239, Pl. VI, figs. 3a, 3b. Amauris damocles AurtviLutus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 74. This common species is represented in the collection by twenty- eight males and two females. A few are labelled as having been cap- tured at Gamangui in February, most of them were taken at Medje about the middle of the year, and a few were captured at Niangara in November. (6) 3. Amauris psyttalea Ploctz Amauris psyttalea Puarz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 189. Aurtvitirus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 74, Pl. xxva. This species is discriminated from the preceding by the fact that the white basal area of the hind wing reaches the tip or goes a little beyond the tip of the cell, while in A. damocles it does not, and by the further fact that the outer angle of the hind wing is adorned on the upper side by a continuous band of marginal spots. There are twenty-four males in the collection. They were taken at various localities and at different dates from July to December. 120 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII (7) 4. Amauris damoclides Staudinger Amauris damoclides STAUDINGER, 1896, Iris, VIII, p. 367, Pl. vu, fig. 3. AuRIVIL- Lius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 74, Pl. xxvb. There are two specimens of this species, one taken at Medje in July, the other at Avakubi in November. (8) 5. Amauris tartarea Mabille Amauris tartarea MABILLE, 1876, Bull. Soe. Zool. France, I, p. 199. AuRIvILLIUs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 74, Pl. xxva. Six males, five taken at Medje in June, July, and August, and one at Niangara in November. (9) 6. Amauris hecate Butler Amauris hecate BUTLER, 1866, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 44. Aurrvitirus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 75, Pl. xx1vb. Fifteen males, one taken at Stanleyville in August 1909, one at Gamangui in February, two at Medje in September, six at Avakubi in November, and five at Niangara in the same month. (10) 7. Amauris hyalites Butler Amauris hyalites Burumr, 1874, Cist. Ent., I, p. 209. AurtviLuirus, 1911, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 76, Pl. xxrva. Of this species the collection contains forty-six males and five females. Most of the specimens were taken at Niangara in November, but quite a number are labelled as from Medje and other localities and were taken in the midsummer months. Acreidee ’ PitanemA Doubleday and Hewitson (11) 1. Planema epea (Cramer) Papilio epwa Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 64, Pl. ccxxx, figs. B, C. Planema epwa Avrivitrus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 245, Pl. viria. The collection contains five males and seventeen females, all of which were taken at Medje from July to September, except one female which was collected at Faradje, “1911-1912.” (12) 2. Planema tellus Aurivillius Planema tellus Avnivitit0s, 1893, Ent. Tidskr., XIV, p. 280, fig. 7; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 245, Pl. pvuta, Two males taken at Medje, one on June 6, the other on July 30, 1910. a ae i ee Le 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 121 (13) 3. Planema epiprotea Butler Planema epiprotea Butier, 1874, Cist. Ent., I, p. 210. Aurtviniius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 245, Pl. uvimb. Twelve females taken at Medje from May to September. (14) 4. Planema consanguinea Aurivillius Planema consanguinea AvRIVILLIUS, 1893, Ent. Tidskr., XIV, p. 282, fig. 8; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 244, Pl. rvmb. Two males caught at Medje, one in July, the other in September. (15) 5. Planema elongata Butler Planema elongata ButiER, 1874, Cist. Ent., I, p. 212. Aurtvinxius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 244, Pl. rv1ub, c. A single female taken at Medje, August 1, 1910. (16) 6. Planema pseudeuryta Godman and Salvin Planema pseudeuryta GODMAN AND SALvIn, 1890, Story of the Rear Column, p. 429. Planema dewitzi SrauDINGER, 1896, Iris, [X, p. 209, Pl. 11, fig. 5. Planema pseudeuryta AuRIvILLIvS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 243, Pl. rvmte. I refer to this species a single male taken at Medje, May 6, 1910. (17) 7. Planema nelsoni (Smith and Kirby) . Plate VI: Figure 1, #; Figure 2, ? Acrea nelsoni Smith AND KirsBy, 1892, Rhop. Exot., I, Acrea, Pl. 11, figs. 9, 10. I refer to this species a male captured at Niangara, November 26, and a female taken at Medje, August 24, 1910. As the female of P. nelsoni has never been described or figured, I give on Plate VI arepresen- tation of this female, and also of the male, for purposes of comparison. The insect has been erroneously identified with P. poggei Dewitz. (18) 8. Planema alcinoe (Felder) Acrea alcinoé FEtpER, 1865-1867, Reise Novara, Lep., III, p. 368, Pl. xuvu, figs. 12, 13. Planema alcinoé Aurtviuuius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 241, Pl. vu. I assign to this species seven females, six taken at Medje at dates ranging from May 6 to September 1, and another female taken at Niangara, November 26, 1910. They agree very closely with specimens in my collection determined as P. alcinoé by the late Dr. Otto Staudinger, except that the discal area of the hind wings is pure white and not creamy white, as is the case in the specimens sent me from Dresden. It is possible that they may belong to a closely allied species, but there is 122 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII no way of certainly determining this. The association of the sexes in some species of this genus without the help of correct data obtained in the field is a matter of conjecture, as the females of related species are very much alike. (19) 9. Planema macaria (Fabricius) Papilio macaria Fasrictus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 174. Planema macaria AuRIvILuivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 240, Pl. tvuf. One male caught at Medje, August 1, 1910. Acrz#a Fabricius (20) l. Acrea alciope Hewitson Acrea alciope Hewitson, 1852, Exot. Butt., I, Acr@a, Pl. 1, figs. 4, 5. Acrea fumida ELTRINGHAM, 1912, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 325, @. Acrea bakossua StranpD, 1912, Archiv f. Naturg., LX XVII, part 1, Suppl. 4, . 114, 9. Pk macarina BuTuER, 1868, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 221, Pl. xvu, fig. 6, 2. Acrea aurivillii StraAuDINGER, 1896, Iris, [X, p. 209, Pl. m1, fig. 2, 9. Acrea alciope AuRIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 248, Pl. pve, o. The collection contains sixty-five males and forty-one females of this species and its varieties. The males are all quite alike, except seven which do not have the ground-color of the wings a bright’ pale orange- yellow, which is the normal color, but are dull brownish, and the darker markings are not deep black but grayish black. There is also a single female which, in these respects, is like the males I am describing and agrees perfectly with the description of a female to which Eltringham applied the subspecific name of fumida (cf. Eltringham, loc. cit.). The name used by Eltringham is,in my judgment, also to be applied to these males, and the aberration is evidently not in this case confined merely to the female sex. Most of the aberrant female forms described by authors are represented in the batch of specimens before me. There are several specimens referable to the form dubbed macarina by Dr. Butler, in which the margin of the hind wings is not marked with a dark band; of the form named aurivillii by Dr. Staudinger, in which the hind wings are crossed on the middle by a band of white of varying degrees of in- tensity; and of the variety named bakossua by Strand, in which the costal third of the transverse median band of the fore wings is whitish. . And there are some intergrading forms which the writer, if he were a professed ‘‘species-maker”’ and not engaged in other and more important matters, might be tempted to describe and tag with so-called subspecific names. These forms are mimetic, and some interesting observations concerning them are contained in Eltringham’s work which is cited above. 1920] . Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 123 The vast majority of the specimens were taken at Medje, and mainly in the months of June and July. There are about half a score of speci- mens which bear other locality labels, but they give no hint whatever of the existence of “local races.’ All of the varietal forms mentioned above occurred at Medje and were taken at the same dates. Speci- mens labelled as from Bafwaboli (Munie Katoto), Bafwasende, Batama, Lubila, and Risimu are dated as captured in September; one from Avakubi is dated October, another from Niangara bears the date of November, and one from Gamangui was taken in February. The writer has specimens in his collection taken in Cameroon and the French Congo in March, April, and May, and it is probable that the insect may be found upon the wing more or less commonly all the year round in the regions which it frequents. (21) 2. Acrea jodutta (Fabricius) Papilio jodutta Fasricius, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 175. Acrea jodutta AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 249, Pl. xvite. There are fifteen males and four females, most of them taken at Medje from June to September. Of the females, two are of the typical white form and two of the form named dorothee by Miss Emile Sharpe (figured as A. metaprotea Butler, in Seitz, XIII, Pl. tvmd) taken at Medje, June 20, 1910. (22) 3. Acrea lycoa Godart Acrea lycoa Gopart, 1819, Enc. Méth., IX, p. 239. Aurtvititus, 1913, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIIT, p. 250. There are five males and thirty.seven females in the collection. The specimens were mostly taken at Medje from June to September, but there are two females from Batama, two others from Risimu, and a fifth from Bafwaboli(Munie Katoto), which are all dated as captured in | September. (23) 4. Acrea semivitrea Aurivillius Acrea semivitrea Aurivituius, 1895, Ent. Tidskr., XVI, p. 111; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 253, Pl. rviib. Three males taken at Medje, one in June, the other two in August. (24) 5. Acrea servona Godart Acrea servona Gopart, 1819, Enc. Méth., IX, p. 239. Aurivitirus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 253, Pl. uvib. Twenty-six males and one female, all taken at Medje (June-August), except one male captured at Lubila, September 20, 1909, and the single female caught at Gamangui, June 7, 1910. ; 124 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII (25) 6. Acrea penelope Staudinger Acrea penelope StauDINGER, 1896, Iris, IX, p. 195. AuRIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 254, Pl. rvmb. Fifteen males: three from Gamangui, two taken in February and one in June; seven from Medje caught June to August; two from Risi- mu and three from Munie Katoto taken in September. (26) 7. Acrea peneleos Ward Acrea peneleos Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 60. seine Mee i 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 255, Pl. vib (first figure). Twenty-nine males mostly taken at Medje, alehodeh there are others taken at the same localities and in the same months as those recorded for the preceding species. Lubila, Munie Katoto, Gamangui, Ngayu, Risimu, and Boyulu. (27) 7a. Acrea peneleos pelasgius (Grose-Smith) Acrea pelasgius Grose-Smitu, 1900, Nov. Zool., VII, p. 545. Smiva anp Kirsy, 1901, Rhop. Exot., III, Acrea, Pl. vu, figs. 9, 10. Eighteen specimens, all from Medje (April to August), except one caught at Niangara in November. (28) 8. Acrea parrhasia (Fabricius) Papilio parrhasia Fasricius, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 175. - Acrea parrhasia AurIvLuius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 255, Pls. uvria, LIXe. One male, Munie Katoto, September 10, 1909. (29) 9. Acrea orina Hewitson Acrea orina Hewirson, 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., XI, p. 180; 1875, Exot. Butt., V, Acrea, P|. vu, figs. 43, 48. There are thirty-one specimens, the majority of which were taken at Medje at dates ranging from May to September. Two are from Gamangui, one caught in February, the other in June; one from Stan- leyville, August 1, 1909; one from Isangi, August 11, 1909; one from each of the localities known as Pawa, Munie Katoto, and Avakubi, captured in the month of October. (30) 10. Acrwa orestia Hewitson Acraa orestia Hewrrson, 1874, Ent. Mo, Mag., XI, p, 131; 1875, Exot. Butt., V, Acraa, P|, vi, fig. 47. One male caught at Medje in September 1910, ye ee ee 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo — 125 (31) 11. Acrza quirinalis Grose-Smith Acrea quirinalis Grosr-Smiru, 1900, Nov. Zool., VII, p. 544. Smrra anp Kirey, 1901, Rhop. Exot., III, Acrea, Pl. vn, figs. 5, 6. Two males and three females captured at Medje (June to August). (32) 12. Acrea vesperalis Grose-Smith Acrea vesperalis GrosE-Smrru, 1890, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 466. Smrru AND Kirpy, 1892, Rhop. Exot., I, Acrea, Pl. 11, figs. 1, 2. _ One female taken in the first week of August 1910, at Medje. (33) 13. Acrea pentapolis Ward Acrea pentapolis Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 60; 1872, Afr. Lep., p. 7, Pl. vi, fig. 2. Aurtvitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 257, Pl. ivte. Two captured at Medje in June. This species is ordinarily not common in collections, but we have recently received a very large series, which Mr. A. I. Good informs me were part of a huge swarm which passed a couple of years ago over Efulen in Cameroon, flying from the north toward the south, in such numbers as to call for comment even on the part of the natives. (34) 13a. Acrea pentapolis thelestis (Oberthiir) Acrea thelestis OperTHiR, 1893, Etudes d’Entomologie, XVII, p. 17, Pl. m, fig. 33.’ AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 257, Pl. uvif. ’ This is a form of the preceding species in which the white patch on the hind wing of A. pentapolis is replaced by red. Breeding experi- ments made at Lagos by Lamborn have shown that the two forms emerge in about equal numbers from the chrysalids reared from the same batch of eggs. The collection contains one specimen taken at Medje, Sep- tember 1, 1910. (35) 14. Acrea encedon (Linnzus) Papilio encedon Linnxus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 488. Acrea encedon AvuRIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 258, Pl. tvte. One male labelled ‘‘ Pawa, Oct. 20’; two females taken at Niangara, one labelled “Noy. 20, 1910,” the other 1911-1912”; and a third female taken at Faradje “1911-1912.” (36) 14a. Acrea encedon lycia (Fabricius) Papilio lycia Fasricius, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 464. Acrea encedon form lycia AurtviLuius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 258, Pl. tvte. One female labelled “‘ Niangara, Nov. 14-16, 1910.” 126 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (37) 14b. Acrea encedon fumosa Aurivillius — Acrea encedon aberration fumosa AuRIvILLIus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 258. One male, Avakubi, November 20, 1909. (38) 14c. Acrea encedon infuscata (Staudinger) Acrea infuscata STAUDINGER, 1885, Exot. Schmett., p. 83. A male and a female taken at Gamangui in February, and a male taken at Medje in March. (39) 14d. Acrea encedon alcippina Aurivillius Acrea encedon var. alcippina AuRIvILLIvs, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 111. Three females, one caught at Niangara in November, and two at Faradje, “1911-1912.” (40) 15. Acrea pharsalus Ward Acrea pharsalus Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 81. Aurivitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 258, Pl. tvid. Eighteen males and four females, mostly taken at Medje in the middle months of the year, but a couple were caught at Gamangui in February and several at Niangara in November. (41) 16. Acrea salambo Grose-Smith Acrea salambo Grosre-Smitu, 1887, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) XIX, p. 62. Smrrx AND Krrpy, 1889, Rhop. Exot., I, Acrea, Pl. 11, figs. 3, 4. Thirty-two males, mostly taken at Medje in the middle months of the year, although a few were caught at Gamangui in February and some at Avakubi in October. (42) 17. Acrewa rogersi Hewitson Acrea rogersi HewitTson, 1873, Ent. Mo. Mag., X, p. 57. Acrea ehmckei Dewrrz, 1889, Ent. Nachr., XV, PI. 1, figs. 6-8. There are eleven males, the localities and dates of capture being as follows: two, Kwamouth, July 1909; one, Stanleyville, August 1909; one, Lubila, September 1909; one, Gamangui, February 1910; three, Medje, August 1910; three, Niangara, November 1910. The test of breeding alone can decide whether salambo is a mere race or form of this species. In the shape and location of the dark spots they agree very closely. In the coloration of the upper side of the wings A. rogersi very nearly resembles A. egina, with which, however, it has nothing to do. The resemblance to the latter is purely superficial. wee 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 127 (43) 18. Acrea althoffi rubrofasciata Aurivillius Acrea althoffi Dewrrz, 1889, Ent. Nachr., XV, p. 102, Pl. 1, fig. 5. Acrea althoffi var. rubrofasciata Aurtvituius, 1895, Ent. Tidskr., XVI, p. 111. Eight males and one female taken at Medje from July to September, and a male caught at Niangara in November. (44) 19. Acrea oberthiiri Butler Acrea oberthiiri Butter, 1895, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) XVI, p. 271. AurRivILiius: 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 262, Pl. tvie, d. Seven specimens taken at Medje from May to September. (45) 19a. Acrea oberthiiri confluens Suffert Acrea oberthiiri confluens Surrert, 1904, Iris, XVII, p. 33. Aurivititius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 262. Three males, one taken in each of the months of May, August, and September at Medje. (46) | 20. Acrea viviana Staudinger Acrea viviana STaupINGER, 1896, Iris, LX, p. 204. Aurrvitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross- , Schmett., XIII, p. 262, Pl. tvie. Ten males and seven females, mostly from Medje, taken in the middle of the year, but one is recorded as captured at Gamangui in February, and several were caught at Niangara in November. (47) 21. Acrza bonasia (Fabricius) Papilio bonasia Fasricius, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 464. Acrea bonasia AuRIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 263, Pl. uv1b. Seventy-three specimens taken mostly at Medje and Niangara at the times when collections were made at those places, but there are also others from various scattered localities: Faradje, Lubila, Risimu. This species is one of the most widely diffused and commonest in the forest-lands of central tropical Africa. (48) 2la. Acrea bonasia supponina (Staudinger) Acrea supponina StaupincER, 1896, Iris, IX, p. 204. Aurtvinirus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 264, Pl. uv1b. Of this trifling variety, which has been dignified by a name, there are ten specimens from various scattered localities: Niangara, Faradje, Gamangui, Medje, and Pawa. 128 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII (49) 22. Acrea vinidia Hewitson Acrea vinidia Hewitson, 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., XI, p. 130. Aurrvituirus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 264, Pl. tvia. Eighty specimens, representing almost all the localities at which collections were made. Forty-seven were taken at Gamangui in Febru- ary ; thirteen at Medje (June—September) ; five at Bafwabaka in January; four at Niangara in November; others at Bafwaboli, Batama, Stanley- ville, Faradje, Pawa, Kwamouth, and Isangi. Some of the specimens have dots in the discal area of the fore wings, others do not. Here is an opportunity for a “species-maker’’to signalize his acumen by separating the forms and counting the spots, which are variable in number and size. The case might be referred to certain of my friends in Berlin who used, before being otherwise employed, to occupy themselves in making ‘‘new species” and advertising them for sale to ardent collectors. When I was younger I often “took the hook,” but now, as I look back, I can fancy Dame Nature smiling at the per- formance. (50) 23. Acrea terpsichore (Linneus) _ Papilio terpsichore Linnxvus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 466. Acrea terpsichore AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 264. There are forty-three males and eleven females in the collection. Of this number twenty-three were taken at Medje or at localities in the forested lands of the western and central parts of the country, Stanley- ville, Avakubi, Munie Katoto, Bafwabaka, Kwamouth, Batama, Gamangui. They all conform more or less exactly to the typical form of the western coast in which the subapical black bar is complete, fully enclosing the light subapical spot. Thirty-one were taken at Niangara and Faradje to the northeast in more open country, and show a tendency toward the obliteration of this band, and two specimens from Faradje, a male and a female, are without it, the subapical spot being confluent with the lighter area of the disk, they being therefore referable to the subspecies buxtoni, which is the prevalent form on the eastern coast and the grass-lands of the southeastern parts of the continent. (51) 24. Acrwa pseudegina abadima (Ribbe) Acraa abadima Rise, 1889, Iris, II, p. 182, Pl. rv, fig. 2. This insect is represented in the collection by sixteen males and two females. One was taken at Avakubi, three males and a female at Kwa- mouth, seven males at Medje, five males and a female at Niangara. It was originally described from the Niam-Niam country, but evidently 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 129 ranges far to the westward. The specimens from Kwamouth tend in the darker coloration of the fore wings in the direction of typical A. pseude- gina. (52) 25. Acrea atergatis Westwood Acrea atergatis Westwoop, 1881, Oates’ Matabeleland, p. 342, Pl. r, figs. 1, 2. AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 268, Pl. ivf. A single male caught at Risimu, September 6, 1909. (53) 26. Acrea cecilia (Fabricius) Papilio cecilia Fasricius, 1781, Spec. Ins., II, p. 34. Acrea cecilia AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 268. Four males and three females. Three males and two females were caught at Niangara in November; a male and a female at Faradje 1911-1912.” (54) 27. Acre#a acontias Westwood Acrea acontias Wrestwoop, 1881, Oates’ Matabeleland, p. 343, Pl. Fr, figs. 7, 8. AvRIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 274, Pl. ive (as atolmis). Two males, taken at Kwamouth, July, 1909. (55) 28. Acrea cepheus (Linnzeus) Papilio cepheus Linnus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 487. Acrea cepheus AuURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 278, PL. tivf. Twenty-six males and eleven females, taken principally at Medje, but other localities, as Kwamouth, Bafwaboli, Avakubi, Niangara, and Gamangui are represented. Captures are recorded in February and - from June to November. (56) 29. Acrea abdera Hewitson Acrea abdera Hewitson, 1852, Exot. Butt., I, Acraa, Pl. 1, figs. 1,2. AuRIvILLIUs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 278, Pl. ivf. Six males and one female, all taken at Niangara in November, except one male, which was caught at Bafwaboli in September. (57) 30. Acrwa perenna Doubleday and Hewitson Acrea perenna DouBLEDAY AND Hewitson, 1848, Gen. Diurn. Lep.., I, Pl. xrx, fig. 4. AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 279, Pl. tive. Seventy-five males and four females, principally from Medje, but most of the other localities mentioned in this paper are also represented; Niangara, Bafwaboli, Gamangui, Boyulu, Lubila, and Avakubi. The sexes are very much alike, the females being a little duller in color than the males, and the fore wings not quite as arcuate. 130 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLII (58) 31. Acrea egina (Cramer) Papilio egina CRAMER, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 64, Pl. xxx1u, figs. F, G. Acrea egina AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 279, Pl. trvd. Eight males and one female. The female was captured at Gamangui in February. The males were taken at Kwamouth, Avakubi, Munie Katoto, Medje, and Niangara. The dates of capture run from July to November. (59) 32. Acrea zetes (Linnzeus) Papilio zetes LINN=vS, 1750, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 487. Acrea zetes AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 280. . There are six males and two females from various localities. One female was taken at Gamangui in February; three specimens were caught at Medje from July to November; and three at Niangara in November. Typical A. zetes (Linnseus) with the fore wings almost solidly black is represented by a male taken at Risimu, September 8, 1909. Such specimens are most often found in material from South Africa. All the other specimens in the present collection belong to the varietal forms A. menippe (Drury) and A. jalema Godart, which are connected by intergrading forms. I have in my possession a long series of specimens bred at Kangvé on the Ogové River by the late Dr. A. C. Good. -He found the larvee feeding gregariously, and, as specimens sent me reveal, these insects in no respect differed from each other either in the larval or pupal stages. The brood consisting of males and females, represented every varietal form running from typical Acrea zetes (Linnzeus) through Acrwa menippe (Drury) to Acrea jalema Godart. The latter, as has been pointed out . by Professor Aurivillius, seems to constitute a connecting link between the West African races and the East African form named Acrea acara Hewitson. Some of the specimens of A. jalema Godart contained in this brood very closely approximate males of Acrea acara, of which I have many from Mombasa, with the difference that no specimens from the French Congo show the white squamation in the middle of the hind wing, which is characteristic of all the males of A. acara, and the sub- apical band of the fore wing is invariably narrower than in the Kast. African form. There is, however, a decided difference between the females from the west coast and the east coast. The females of A. acara, of which I possess a considerable number, are smaller in size and not as brilliantly colored as the West African females, and the subapical white band of the fore wings is much broader and more diffuse than in the West African form. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 131 (60) 33. Acrea insignis siginna Suffert Acrea insignis siginna Surrert, 1904, Iris, XVII, p. 19. Aurrvitxrus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 284, Pl. trva. One female, Niangara, November. (61) 34. Acrea neobule Doubleday and Hewitson Acrea neobule DouBLEDAY AND Hewirson, 1848, Gen. Diurn. Lep., I, Pl. xrx, fig. 3. AvRIvILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 285, Pl. uurf. Two males, Niangara, November. (62) 35. Acrea leucographa Ribbe Acrea leucographa Risse, 1889, Iris, II, p. 181, Pl. rv, fig. 1. Aurrviirius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 285, Pl. ite. A solitary male, taken at Niangara in November. Satyride Elymniinze Etymniopsis Fruhstorfer (63) 1. Elymniopsis phegea (Fabricius) Papilio phegea Fasricivus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 132. Elymniopsis phegea Aurivitiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 82, Pl. XXVIa. One male taken at Medje, August 4, and another at Niangara about the beginning of November 1910. (64) 2. ivmantodats bammakoo (Westwood) Melanitis bammakoo Wes1woop, 1851, Gen. Diurn. Lep., IT, p. 405, Pl. uxvimi, fig. 3. Elymniopsis bammakoo Avurivituius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 82, Pl. xxvia, Seven specimens, six males and one female, taken at Medje from August 5 to November 1910. Satyrinz Metanitis Fabricius (65) 1. Melanitis leda africana (Fruhstorfer) Melanitis africana FruustTorFer, 1908, Ent. Zeitschr., XXII, p. 84. AURIVILLIUS 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 82. One female taken at Faradje. The only information given by the © label is that it was captured in “‘1911-1912.”” It belongs to the rainy season form. The separation of this race from typical M. leda of India is a rather meticulous refinement. 132 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (66) 2. Melanitis ansorgei Rothschild Melanitis ansorgei Roruscuitp, 1904, Nov. Zool., XI, p. 451. Aurtvinuius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett, XIII, p. 83. Two males taken at Medje in the first week of September 1910. GnopHopes Westwood (67) «1. +~Gmnophodes parmeno Doubleday and Hewitson Gnophodes parmeno DouBLEDAY AND Hewitson, 1851, Gen. Diurn. Lep., IT, p. 363, Pl. uxt, fig. 2, 7. AurRrtvi~irus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 83, Pl. xxvib. One damaged male taken at Stanleyville on September 16 and a better preserved female (lacking antennz) taken at Medje in the early part of September 1910. (68) 2. Gmnophodes chelys (Fabricius) Papilio chelys Fasrictus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 80. Gnophodes chelys AurtviLutus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 83, Pl. xxvie. Two males and five females all captured at Medje, the dates ran- ging from July 19 to the first week of September 1910. Bicyctus Kirby (69) 1. Bicyclus hewitsoni nanodes (Grose-Smith) Idiomorphus nanodes Grose-Smitu, 1890, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 472. Mycalesis hewitsoni var. nanodes AurtviLLIus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 84, Pl. xxvid. Structurally not capable of being separated from B. hewitsoni. (Doumet) (cf. Rev. Zool., 1861, (2) XIII, p.175) but on the upper side the submarginal ocelli are more or less obsolete, and the outer pale area of the wings is laved with violaceous. The latter also holds true of many specimens of typical B. hewitsoni, which are not all pale brown on this part of the wings. The line of demarcation between the dark basal area of the hind wing and the light outer area is not quite straight as in the typical form but is bent slightly inwardly basad at a point just beyond the end of the cell. Ten males, all taken at Medje, except one which is recorded as from Faradje, but without any indication of the day or month. The specimens from Medje, with the exception of one taken on April 4, were captured at dates ranging from July 7 to September 24, 1910. (70) 2. Bicyclus medontias obgoletus, new variety Plate VII, Figure 1 ,o@* On the upper side hardly to be distinguished from typical B. medontias (Hewitson) (ef. Exot, Butt., 1874, Mycalesis, Pl. rx, figs. 56, 57), except that the ground-color 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 133 in both sexes is a little paler. On the under side the median line of both wings is perfectly straight, and not at all curved, as it is in most specimens of B. medontias and only half, or even less than half, as wide as it is in the typical form, being reduced to a very narrow, sharp, creamy white line, contrasting strongly against the darker ground-color. All the ocelli are greatly reduced in size, some of them being occasion- ally obsolete. This may be a wet seasonal form of B. medontias. Types, o' and 9, in The American Museum of Natural History; paratypes in the Holland Collection, Carnegie Muesum. The collection contains twenty-five males and eight females, all taken at Medje, the dates of capture ranging from July 17 to the middle of September 1910. (71) 3. Bicyclus iccius (Hewitson) Idiomorphus iccius Hewrrson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, [diomorphus, Pl. 1, figs. 4% 5. Mycalesis iccius AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 85, Pl. xxvid. Seven males and one female, the latter taken at Medje, July 21, 1910. Of the males three were taken in April, three in August, and one in September. (72) , 4. Bicyclus sebetus (Hewitson) Idiomorphus sebetus Hewirson, 1877, Exot. Butt., V, Pl. Mycalesis and Idiomorphus, figs. 6, 7. Mycalesis sebetus AuRIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 85. Four males and three females taken at Medje, the dates of capture ranging from June 6 to August 6, 1910. Mycatesis Hiibner (73) 1. Mycalesis xeneas Hewitson Mycalesis xeneas Hewitson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, Mycalesis, Pl. vu, fig. 48. Avrivituivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 86, Pl. xxvira. The figure given by Hewitson is very poor; that given in Seitz is much better. The collection contains five males and six females taken at Medje from July 9 to the first week in September and one female taken at Gamangui, June 17, 1910. (74) 2. Mycalesis analis Aurivillius Mycalesis analis Aurtvituius, 1895, Ent. Aiea, XVI, p. 113, fig. 1; 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 87. There are fourteen males and three females, all taken at Medje from July 7 to August 24, 1910. 134 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (75) 3. Mycalesis tenias Hewitson Mycalesis tenias Hewitson, 1877, Exot. Butt., V, Pl. Mycalesis and Idiomorphus, fig. 66. AurriviLiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p.87, Pl. xxvub. Represented by a single male specimen taken at Niangara and belonging to the lot of insects collected at that place between November 26 and December 2, 1910. (76) 4. Mycalesis ignobilis Butler Mycalesis ignobilis Butter, 1870, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 124; 1871, Lep. Exot., p. 55, Pl. xxi, fig. 4. Aurtvitiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 87, Pl. xxvub. ; This species, which is quite common in the Ogové valley, is re- presented in the present collection by five males and a female which were taken at Medje in September 1910. (77) 5. Mycalesis asochis Hewitson Mycalesis asochis Hewitson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, Mycalesis, Pl. vu, figs. 46, 47. AuRIVILLIvs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 88, Pl. xxvuic. Of this not uncommon species there are four males and one female. One male was captured at Gamangui, June 19, two were taken at Medje in July and August, the female was taken at the same place on August 6, and one male is ticketted as from ‘“Niangara, November to December 4, 1910.” From this record it appears that the insect must have at least two broods annually. (78) 6. Mycalesis sambulos Hewitson Mycalesis sambulos Hewrtson, 1877, Exot. Butt., V, Pl. Mycalesis and Idiomorphus, figs. 63, 64. Avurivitiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 89, Pl. xxvue. There are two males in the collection, both taken at Medje, one on July 12, the other on August 24, 1910. (79) 7. Mycalesis mandanes Hewitson Mycalesis mandanes Hewrrson, 1873, Exot. Butt., V, Mycalesis, Pl. rx, figs. 61, 62. Avurivit.ies, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 89, Pl. xxvite. Professor Aurivillius in his ‘Rhopalocera A®thiopica,’ p. 53, sank this species as a synonym of M. auricruda Butler, but in Seitz, ‘Die Gross-Schmetterlinge des Afrikanischen Faunengebietes,’ p. 89, he restores it to its rightful place as a distinct species. The outline of the hind wings, which are much more elongate than in M. auricruda, is enough, without the many differences in the markings of the under side of the wings, to reveal its distinctness. Two males taken at Medje in July 1910. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 135 (80) 8. Mycalesis auricruda Butler - Mycalesis auricruda Butimr, 1868, Cat. Satyr., p. 131, Pl. m, fig. 6. AuRIvILLIUs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XTIT, p. 89, Pl. xxviie. Six males and four females taken at Medje at dates ranging from July 8 to September 6, 1910. (81) 9. Mycalesis uniformis Bethune-Baker (?) Mycalesis uniformis BeTHUNE-BAkER, 1908, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) II, p. 470. AvrRrivituivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XTII., p. 90. I refer to this species two males and three females before me, which agree better with the description of this species given by Bethune- Baker than with any other known to me. I was at first tempted to describe them as new to science but, after considerable study, have finally decided that they belong here, but cannot be quite positive, as I have not had the opportunity to examine the type of the species, which isamale. The females in the collection agree absolutely with the males in the markings of both the upper and under sides and are only differen- tiated from them, aside from their sexual characters, by having a greater expanse of wing. The specimens were taken at Medje, four in August, and one female in September. (82) 10. Mycalesis sandace Hewitson Mycalesis sandace Hewitson, 1877, Exot. Butt., V, Pl. Mycalesis and Idiomorphus, ‘fig. 65. Aurrtvitiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 89, Pl. xxvud. There is a series of ten males, nine taken at Medje from June 6 to September 20, and one at Gamangui, February 5; and three females, one caught on April 6, the others about the middle of August 1910. None of the specimens are in good condition, all being more or less rubbed and defective. (83) : 11. Mycalesis miriam (Fabricius) Papilio miriam Fasrictivus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 242. Mycalesis miriam AurRtviLuius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 90, Pl. xxviid. One female caught at Medje, September 1910, and nine males and another female taken at Faradje, five labelled as taken in December, the | rest ticketted 1911-1912.” (84) 12. Mycalesis melusina (Fabricius) Papilio melusina Fasrictus, 1787, Mantissa Ins., II, p. 43. Mycalesis melusina AuRIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 90, Pl. xxviid. Eleven males and one female caught at Medje, two in April, the rest from July to September 1910. 136 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (85) 13. Mycalesis sophrosyne Plotz Mycalesis sophrosyne Pucerz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 196. AuRtviuuivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XITI, p. 90. Three males taken at Medje, one in June, the others in July. (86) 14. Mycalesis mollitia Karsch Mycalesis mollitia Karscu, 1895, Ent. Nachr., XXI, p. 281. Aurtviturus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 90, Pl. xxvure. ; Karsch described the male; the female was described by Wichgraf in the Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift, 1914, p. 345. It is some- what larger than the male, paler in color throughout, with the sub- apical light area of the primaries enlarged and extending along the costa as a light line to a point about opposite the end of the cell. On the under side it does not differ materially in its color and markings from the male. The collection contains a set of seven males and five females, taken at Medje, one male and three females in April, the rest in July and August. (87) 15. Mycalesis obscura Aurivillius Mycalesis obscura AuRIvILLIUvs, 1901, Ent. Tidskr., XXII, p. 114; 1911, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 91, Pl. xxvina. I refer to this species a long series of males and several females the general resemblance of which on the under side of the wings to M. martius and M. golo recalls the remarks of the author of the species, who says that M. obscura is very like the two which have been mentioned. There are, however, structural differences which clearly separate this species from M. martius. One of these is the absence in M. obscura of the tuft of androconia, which is always found in M. martius between veins 2 and 3 near the point of their origin on the fore wing, and another is the fact that the hind wing is not produced or angulated at the extremity of vein 4 as is the case in M. martius. From M. golo they may at once be discriminated by their more uniformly dark color on the under side of the secondaries. The females which I associate with the males have broader wings and are paler in color than the males, but, like the males, strongly recall in the pattern of the markings the corresponding sex of M. martius. Of M. martius I have before me, as I write, an enormous series of males and females taken at various localities, ranging from the valley of the Ogové River to Lolodorf in Cameroon and, while superficially the two species are very much alike, so that an untrained investigator 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 137 might at first glance easily confound the two, the structural differences which I have pointed out enable them to be easily separated. M. martius is not represented by a single specimen in the collection upon which I am reporting. The seventeen males and six females in the collection were all taken at Medje, a couple in April, the rest from July to September. (88) 16. Mycalesis dubia Aurivillius Mycalesis dubia Aurivittrus, 1893, Ent. Tidskr., XIV, p. 270, fig. 4; 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 92, Pl. xxvub. There are two males of this species, one taken at Medje in April and another at the same place in September. (89) 17. Mycalesis golo Aurivillius Mycalesis golo AuRIvVILLIUS, 1893, Ent. Tidskr., XIV, p. 267, fig. 2. Mycalesis golo var violascens AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. A®thiop., p. 55; 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XXIII, p. 91, Pl. xxvite. Mycalesis golo was originally described by Professor Aurivillius from Cameroon. I have in my possession a large series of specimens from that region, which agree exactly with his description and figure. The series taken by the American Museum Congo Expedition are not typical, but may in part be referred to the varietal form violascens, in which the limbal area of the wings is more or less suffused with violet and the transverse line of the hind wing is obscured by the outward ex- tension of the dark color of the basal and discal area of the wing. Some of the specimens taken at Medje approach more nearly to the typical form but these differ, nevertheless, by having the upper surface of the wings distinctly brown and not dark blackish brown like the insect from Cameroon. This difference, while it holds good of all the specimens not referable to the variety violascens, hardly seems to me to be of sufficient importance to justify the erection of a subspecies. Of M. golo violascens there are in the collection seventeen males, one taken at Niangara in November, the rest caught at Medje from July to September. Of the reddish form there are eight males taken at Medje in August and September. (90) 18. Mycalesis baumanni Karsch (?) Mycalesis baumanni Karscu, 1894, Ent. Nachr., XX, p. 230. Aurtvitiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., p. 91, Pl. xxvue. With a good deal of hesitation I refer to this species five males which are before me. They belong to the Fourth Subgroup of the classifica- tion proposed by Professor Aurivillius (cf. Seitz, ‘Die Gross-Schmetter- 138 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII linge des Afrikanischen Faunengebietes,’ p. 91), but they differ from M. baumannii in not having the transverse bands on the under side of the fore and hind wings strongly produced on vein 4. This band has its outer margin more or less irregular, and its course recalls that of the band on the under side of M. sandace Hewitson, with which: the speci- mens otherwise have nothing to do, as is shown by the sexual brands and the entire absence of ocelli on the upper side of the primaries. The specimens are not, for the most part, very well preserved, some of them being rather badly rubbed, making the determination of the exact pattern of the markings a little difficult to determine, but I do not feel like hazarding their description as a new species, though eventu- ally they may turn out to be undescribed. The specimens were taken at Medje, one in April, the others ~ dates ranging from July to September. (91) 19. Mycalesis milyas Hewitson (?) Mycalesis milyas Hewitson, 1864, Exot. Butt., III, Mycalesis, Pl. v1, fig. 34. AuvRIvILuivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 92, Pl. xxvug. I refer with great doubt a rubbed male and a rather poorly preserved female to this species. The male was taken at Medje in September 1910, the female in July. The description and figure of M. milyas given by Hewitson (loc. cit.) leave much to be desired. The figure given by Aurivillius on Plate xxvir of “Die Gross-Schmetterlinge des Afrikanischen Faunen- gebietes’ more nearly represents the under side of the specimens under consideration, but his description does not agree either with the figure he gives or the specimens before me. I have in my possession a male taken at Efulen by A. C. Good, and there are in the Carnegie Museum some specimens taken by A. C. Good at Lolodorf, which are identical with the insect taken at Medje. I have assigned all of them to M, milyas with a double interrogation mark, as they do not perfectly agree either with the descriptions or figures hitherto given by authors, al- though they come nearer to that species than to any other. (92) 20. Mycalesis pavonis Butler Mycalesia pavonis Butter, 1876, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XVIII, p. 481. Avmiviniies, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 92. There are seven males and three females of this well-marked species; all taken at Faradje in November and December. 1920[ Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 139 (93) 21. Mycalesis desolata Butler Mycalesis desolata Butter, 1876, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XVIII, p. 480. Mycalesis leptoglena Karscu, 1893, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XX XVIII, p. 208, PI. v, fig. 7. Mycalesis desolata AuRiviL.LIus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 93. Of this species there are five males, four of which agree absolutely with the published descriptions and figure, but the fifth has the sub- marginal ocelli much larger, with round black centers pupilled with white, contrasting with the dull ground-color of the wings in a very striking manner. In the typical form the ocelli are more or less obsolete. The specimens were all taken at Niangara in November. (94) 22. Mycalesis safitza ethiops Rothschild and Jordan ie Mycalesis safitza ethiops RotHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1905, Nov. Zool.,XII, p. 175. M. safitza was described and figured by Hewitson (cf. Gen. Diurn. Lep., 1851, II, p. 394, note, Pl. uxv1, fig. 3). Of the form ethiops there are fifteen males and two females, all of which were taken at Faradje and Niangara in November and December. There are also two males and seven females taken at Medje in the months of July and August, which are so much like the others in their markings that it is impossible to separate them, though they are somewhat larger in size. (95) 22a. Mycalesis safitza evenus Scary 9 Mycalesis evenus Hoprrer, 1855, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 641; 1862, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, Ins. ,p 394, Pl. xxv, figs. 5,6. AuRIvILiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., p. 93, Pl. xxvmie. Of this, the dry-season form of M. safitza, there are two males and two females. One of the males was taken at Medje in August, the other at Faradje in November. Both of the females were captured at Niangara in November. (96) 23. Mycalesis langi, new species Plate X, Figure 10, @ 3&. The fore wing with a small, but distinct, sexual brand at the middle of vein 1, which at this point is slightly bent costad. The hind wing with a pale yelfowish brown pencil of hairs on the upper margin of the cell about the middle and beyond it with a black tuft of hairs on the sixth interspace. The upper side of both wings is totally devoid of all ocelli. The prevalent color is mouse-gray, the discal area of the fore wings being black and velvety, this black area covering the end of the cell and the origin of the submedian nervules, extending to the inner margin from near the outer angle to within one-third of the distance from the base. The hind wings also are black, or very dark brown, except on the outer and inner margins. Both wings have a very fine black marginal line, paralleled inwardly by a similar fine submarginal line, separated from the outer line by a space less than half a millimeter in diameter. 140 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII The fringes are obscurely checkered at the ends of the nervules by darker scales, contrasting with the pale mouse-gray color of the rest of the fringes. On the under side the markings recall those of M. safitza, but the ground-color is darker. Expanse, 37mm. (The expanse of the smallest specimen of M. safitza before the writer—there are many scores of them—is 45 mm.) Type from Medje; paratypes, from Faradje. Type and two paratypes in The American Museum of Natural History, New York; two paratypes in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. This may prove to be a local or seasonal form of M. safitza, but it differs so markedly from all the varieties of that species known to the writer that he does not hesitate to describe it as new. The entire absence of any trace of ocelli on the upper side of the wings, the black velvety color of the central area of the fore wings, the checkered fringes, and the uniformly small size of the specimens, all indicate that we are dealing with what is at all events a marked variety, separable at a glance from M. safitza and all the varieties of that species hitherto described. I have the honor of naming the species after Mr. Herbert Lang, the capable head of the Expedition, to whose enthusiasm we are indebted for the large entomological collections which were returned. (97) 24. Mycalesis chapini, new species Plate VII, Figure 9, @ o. On the upper side having a general resemblance to the male of M. langi Holland, but considerably larger in size, and having the fringes of the wings more decidedly checkered with dark at the ends of the nervules. On the under side wholly different from M. langi and in the disposition of the markings, but not their color, recalling the under side of M. bawmanni Karsch. The ground-color of the under side is pale sienna sprinkled with minute dark transverse lines and dots, the basal half of both wings and the limbal area of the primaries near the outer angle broadly clouded with purplish brown. A sub-basal and median transverse line, curving outwardly from the costa of the fore wing to the inner margin of the hind wing about its middle, run approximately parallel to each other. The median line is produced somewhat sharply at the origin of vein 4 on each wing, and is more or less waved on the interspaces, the curves bending outwardly. The space between the sub-basal and median lines is a trifle darker than the rest of the wings, partly due to the increase in this field of the minute strigule with which the wings are strewn. The ocelli are, for tht most part, entirely obsolete, at most being represented by minute white dots, except the two nearest the anal angle of the secondaries, which in the type are exceed- ingly minute black circles, under the glass seen to be pupilled with white and ringed about with pale ochreous, Expanse, 42 mm. Niangara. Type unique, in The American Museum of Natural History. This insect is so totally unlike any other in the group to which it belongs that I do not hesitate to describe it as new. I take pleasure in naming it in honor of Mr. J. P. Chapin, one of the leaders of the Expe- dition. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 141 (98) 25. Mycalesis vulgaris Butler Mycalesis vulgaris Butuer, 1868, Cat. Satyr., p. 130, Pl. m, fig. 8. AuRIVILLIUs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 95, Pl. xxviig. A single male taken at Niangara, November 26, 1910. (99) 25a. Mycalesis vulgaris tolosa (Platz) Mycalesis tolosa Puarz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 197. This is the dry-season form of this species, and is characterized by having the ocelli well developed and not reduced to mere points, as is the case in typical M. vulgaris. It is the prevailing form in the region of the Ogové River, in Cameroon, and in the Belgian Congo. In spite of its name, typical M. vulgaris is not very common in collections, so far as my observations show. ye Of the variety tolosa (Ploetz) the collection upon which I am report- ing contains three males and eight females. One female was taken at Medje in July, one at Lubila in September, three at Niangara in Nov- ember, and.three at Faradje in December. One of the males was caught at Niangara in November, and the other two at Faradje in December. (100) 26. Mycalesis nebulosa Felder Mycalesis nebulosa FuupEerR, 1867, Reise Novara, Lep., III, p. 502. Aurivriiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 95, Pl. xxvuf. There are two poorly preserved males and one female of this species, which were taken at Niangara in November. (101) 27. Mycalesis agraphis Karsch Mycalesis agraphis Karscu, 1893, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XX XVIII, p. 207. Aurrviturus, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 96, Pl. xxvurf. A single male of this common West African species caught at Avakubi in November. Henoresia Butler (102) 1. Henotesia perspicua (Trimen) Mycalesis perspicua TRIMEN, 1873, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 104, PI. 1, fig. 3. Henotesia perspicua AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 97, Pl. xxvimia, Five males: one was taken at Risimu in September; two at Niangara in November; and two at Faradje, one in December, the other without date. (103) 2. Henotesia phea (Karsch) Mycalesis phea Karscu, 1894, Ent. Nachr., XX, p. 232. Henotesia phea Aurtvi1Luivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., p. 98, Pl. xxvimb. Four males taken at Faradje, one on December 12, 1912, the other three ticketted 1911-1912.” 142 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII (104) 3. Henotesia eliasis (Hewitson) Mycalesis eliasis HEwitson, 1866, Exot. Butt., III, Mycalesis, Pl. vu, figs. 44, 45. Henotesia eliasis AuRtv1Lutvs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 99, Pl. xxvinid. A single damaged male labelled ‘“ Kwamouth, July 14, 1909.” (105) 4. Henotesia peitho (Pletz) Mycalesis peitho Pucerz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 197. Henotesia peitho AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 99, Pl. xxvima. Four males taken at Medje, one in April, two in August, and one in September. Yrruma Hiibner (106) 1. Ypthima asterope (Klug) Hipparchia asterope Kiva, 1832, Symb. Phys., Pl. xxrx, figs. 11-14. Y pthima asterope AURIVILLIUS, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 115, Pl. xxrxc. One male taken at Niangara, November 25, 1910. (107) 2. Ypthima simplicia Butler Ypthima simplicia BuTuER, 1876, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XVIII, p. 481. AuRIvILuivs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 115. A poorly preserved male caught at Faradje and labelled “1911-1912.” (108) 3. Ypthima doleta Kirby Ypthima doleta Kirpy, 1880, Proc. Roy. Dublin Soe., (2) II, p. 336. AurtviLiius, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 115, Pl. xxrxe. Of the fourteen males one is labelled as from Bafwasende, September 23, 1910; all the rest were taken at Medje, two in April, the rest from July to September. Of the two females one was caught at Medje in August, the other at Niangara in November. (109) 4. Ypthima itonia Hewitson Y pthima itonia Hewrrson, 1864, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 287, Pl. xvi, fig. 138. AuRIVILLIvs, 1911, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 116. Six males taken at Faradje in November. Nymphalidez Argynnidinsz LacunoprTera Doubleday (110) 1. Lachnoptera iole (Iabricius) Papilio iole Fannicivs, 1781, Spec. Ins., II, p. 78. Lachnoptera iole Auniviti108, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 280, Pl. xan. This species is represented in the collection by twelve males and one female of the dimorphic form named L. hecatwa by Hewitson. All of the _ specimens are from Medje (June-September) except one male specimen captured at Gamangui in June. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 143 Atretta Doubleday (111) 1. Atella columbina (Cramer) Papilio columbina Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 76, Pl. ccxxxvmt, figs. A, B. Atella columbina AuriviLuivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 230, Pl. ua. Twenty-six specimens; six taken at Gamangui in February; one at Lubila in September 1909; eight at Niangara in November; and the rest at Medje, one in April, the others from July to September 1910. (112) 2. Atella phalantha xthiopica Rothschild and Jordan Atella phalantha form ethiopica RotuscuiLp AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., X, p. 505. Twenty-eight specimens, two of which were taken at Medje in July, the rest at Niangara in November. The species was originally described from the East Indies, and is figured by Drury (1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., I, p. 41, Pl. xx1, figs. 1, 2). Its range covers the tropical regions of the Eastern Hemisphere and it is one of the most widely distributed insects of the Old World. The separation of the race found in Africa from the oriental varieties is a recent refinement in classifica- tion which is justifiable, although founded on differences which are recognizable, but very slight. Vanessine AnTanarRTi1A Rothschild and Jordan (113) 1. Antanartia delius (Drury) Papilio delius Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., ITI, p. 18, Pl. xrv, figs. 5, 6. Hypanartia delius AuRIvILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 130. Antanartia delius Roruscuizp AnD JorDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., X, p. 508. AuRIVILLIus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII,p. 229, Pl. x1c. Fifty-three specimens, mostly males, principally taken at Medje from June to September, but there are a couple caught at Niangara in November and one captured at Munie Katoto in September. Pyrametis Hiibner (114) 1. Pyrameis cardui (Linnzus) Papilio cardui Linnxus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 475. Pyrameis cardui AuRIVILLIUs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 227. This cosmopolitan species is represented in the collection by three examples, two taken at Niangara, and one at Faradje, 1911-1912.” It is worthy of note that no specimens were taken at Medje or other localities in the hot, humid tropical forest-lands. The insect does not 144 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLITI appear to turn up in the dense jungle of the hottest parts of Africa, but seems to be confined to the more open lands, where thistles grow. In the more than forty years in which I have been receiving collections from tropical Africa I never have obtained specimens of ‘‘The Painted Lady” from such places as the Ogové Valley, or the swampy palm-clad savannas along the big rivers; but, on the other hand, it has often been received from the sandy coastal ridges, and the higher grass-lands of both the western, the eastern, and the southern parts of the continent. VANEssULA Dewitz (115) 1. Vanessula milca (Hewitson) Liptena milca Hewitson, 1873, Exot. Butt., V, Pentila and Liptena, Pl. 1, fig. 17. Vanessula milca AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett.,/XIII, p. 227, Pl. Lie. Nine specimens captured at Medje from ‘July to September. This pretty little insect is very common in the ‘valley of the Ogové, and apparently swarms in southern Cameroon. Junonia Hiibner I deem it more natural to associate under the term Junonia a number of species which for many years past have been placed in this genus, but which Dr. Aurivillius in his recent writings has incorporated into the genus Precis. (116) 1. Junonia orithya madagascariensis Guenée Junonia orithya \ar. madagascariensis GuentE, 1865, Vinson’s Voy. Madgr., Lep., . a7. Beds orithya AuRIvILLIvs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 226. This is the African form of the insect originally named from the East Indies by Linnzus (cf. Mus. Ulr., 1764, p. 278). The collection contains thirteen males and one female, all taken at Faradje and Niangara in November 1910, or else labelled “1911-1912.” (117) 2. Junonia clelia (Cramer) Papilio clelia Cramer, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 23, Pl. xx1, figs. 2, F. Precis clelia AuRiViLLi108, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 226, Pl. 1a. Twenty-three males and fifteen females were taken. Two males and one female were caught at Kwamouth in July 1909. Two males and one female were captured at Pawa, October 1910. Eight males and four females are labelled as taken at Medje from April to August 1910. Eleven males and nine females were caught at Niangara in November of the latter year. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 145 (118) 3. Junonia cebrene Trimen Junonia cebrene TRIMEN, 1870, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 353. Precis cebrene AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 226, Pl. xia. This is the African race of J. enone (Linnzeus) originally described from Asiatic specimens, which do not materially differ from the African form, except that in the latter the large yellow area of the primaries is somewhat more restricted, and the blue spot on the hind wing is rounder, and not oval as in the Asiatic specimens, a long suite of which is before me as I write. Eighteen males, six females, all captured at Niangara and Faradje in November 1910. (119) 4. Junonia westermanni Westwood Junonia westermanni Westwoop, 1870, Ent. Mo. Mag., VI, p. 278; 1874, Thes. Ent. Oxon., p. 182, Pl. xxxrv, fig. 7, o’, fig. 8, @. Precis westermanni AuRIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 225, Pl. xia. Of this lovely insect fifty-three males and one female are contained in the collection. Most of them were caught at Medje, the dates of cap- ture ranging from April to August. There are two males taken at Gamangui in February and two others taken at the same place in June. There is one male captured at Ngayu in April. The extreme rarity of the female in collections is illustrated in the present case. (120) 5. Junonia sophia (Fabricius) Papilio sophia Fasricrus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 248. Precis sophia Auriviuutus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 225, Pl. i1b. Though very dissimilar in its style of markings from most species of the genus, sophia is a true Junonia, as is shown by the neuration, the outline of the wings, and the structure of the antenne and palpi. Of this insect, the smallest of the genus, which superficially on the upper side bears a likeness to the female of the preceding species, there are nine males and five females. One male and the five females were taken at Medje, from June to August 1910. Seven males are ticketted as taken at Niangara and Faradje in November 1910, or else ‘‘1911— 1912.” Precis Hiibner Dr. Aurivillius in his latest account of the butterflies belonging to this group (ef. Seitz, ‘Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde,’ XIII, pp. 218- 227), has placed in the genus Precis a number of forms which for many years past have been by most writers classified in the genus Junonia Hiibner. The type of the genus Precis is P. octavia (Cramer). The type 146 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLIII of the genus Junonia is J. lavinia (Cramer). It requires no effort to detect the fact that the species included by Aurivillius in his “Fifth Group” of the genus Precis, except P. octavia and allies, viz., clelia (Cramer), orithya (Linneeus), westermanni Westwood, and their allies are in structure, form, and markings more nearly related to J. lavinia than to P. octavia, the type of the genus, and that they are widely different from the Kallima-like insects which, especially in their wet-season forms, show on the under side of their wings close resemblance to dried leaves. In the present paper I have restored the species of the clelia-awnone Group to the genus Junonia. I also separate from the genus Precis the long-tailed Kallima-like insects, which on the under side of the wings’ show mimetic resemblance to dried leaves, and in which the outer border of the hind wing is evenly curved opposite the end of the cell, not angulated or toothed, and greatly elongated, or tailed at the anal angle. For this group of insects I propose the generic name Kallimula. As restricted in the present paper, the genus Precis may be divided into groups as follows. A. Hind wings greatly expanded opposite end of cell, not greatly produced at anal angle. 1. Outer margin of hind wing crenulated: P. octavia (type of genus) and allies; P. archesia and allies. 2. Outer margin of hind wings entire, evenly rounded, not crenulated: P. artaxia and allies. B. Hind wings angulated and toothed opposite the end of the cell. 1. Anal angle not greatly produced: P. chorimene and allies; P. terea and allies; P. ceryne and allies; P. rhadama and varieties. 2. Anal angle greatly produced: P. andremiaja and allies. (121) : 1. Precis octavia (Cramer) Papilio octavia Cramer, 1777, Pap. Exot., I, p. 60, Pl. cxxxv, figs. B, C. Precis octavia Aurivit.ivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 224, Pl. rib. Thirty-six males and thirty-five females. One male was caught at Kwamouth, July 14, 1909; three females were taken at Medje in August; and all the rest were obtained at Niangara in November 1910, except a solitary individual, which is labelled as caught at Faradje in the same month and year. This is the rainy-season form of the species in the northwestern part of the range, and the capture of these specimens shows that the region about the headwaters of the Uelle River in the Niam-niam country is faunistically allied to the country of the upper waters of the Niger. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 147 (122) la. Precis octavia amestris (Drury)! Papilio amestris Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., III, p. 26, Pl. xx, figs. 3, 4. Precis amestris AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 224. There are twenty males and eleven females of this, the dry-season form of P. octavia. They were all taken at Niangara in November 1910, except two of the males, which were caught at Medje in August. In the southern and eastern parts of the range of this insect amestris is replaced by the form sesamus Trimen, the upper side of the wings of which are much bluer than in this form, and do not have the red spots in the cell of the fore wings, which are always found in the form under con- sideration. We have specimens of P. octavia sesamus from Natal and Mozambique. (123) 2. Precis chorimene (Guérin) Vanessa chorimene Guirin, 1844, Icon. Régne Anim., Ins., p. 476. Salamis ethyra Fris. HAMEL, 1850, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (2) VIII, p. 250. Precis chorimene AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 220, Pl. xub. Four males and two females. One male was taken at Faradje, “1911-1912”; three at Niangara in November 1910; one female was caught at Pawa, October 19, the other at Niangara on November 25, 1910. Ena (124) 3. Precis stygia Aurivillius Precis ethyra StauDINGER, 1883, Exot. Schmett., I, p. 102, Pl. xxxvim (non ethyra Feisthamel = chorimene Guérin), Precis stygia Aurtvitiius, 1894, Ent. Tidskr., XV, p. 275; 1898, Rhop. Atihiop., p. 142; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 220, Pl. ub. This species is represented in the collection by eighty-seven speci- mens. We have several hundreds of other specimens in the Carnegie Museum. It evidently is common where it occurs. The female differs from the male in being lighter in color and broader of wing. The females vary in their markings like the males, of which there are three varieties: _ P. stygia stygia Aurivillius, the typical form; P. stygia gregorii Butler; and a third, which I believe has not hitherto been described or figured, and to which I apply the name of P. stygia fuscata, new variety. 1P. simia Wallengren and P. trimeni are near allies of P. octavia (Cram.) and differ from P. antilope pe igoel The latter species appears to me to be represented by Aurivillius reese Gross-Schmett., III, Pl. tic) by a female of P. trimeni, to which there is a ny ape ye resemblance upon the H spe side, but which differs greatly from P. antilope on the lower side of the wings. I am strongly inclined to think that an unintentional error was committed by the author of the plate to which I make reference. P. antilope (Feisthamel) falls into the group which I designate as Kallimula. 148 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (125) 3a. Precis stygia stygia Aurivillius (typical) Plate VII, Figure 3, 2 Accepting the figure given by Aurivillius in Seitz, XIII, Pl. vib, as adequately representing the species, and comparing it wit his diaccte tion of the same, it is plain that this form is characterized by the pre- sence of light areas on the under side of the wing, particularly at the apex and outer margin of the primaries and around the outer border of the secondaries. It is also larger in size than the other two forms, though this difference is not so marked in some specimens of P. stygia gregorii, . many of which approximate P. stygia stygia in size. This is no doubt a dry-season form. Niangara, Medje, ae Munie Katoto. (126) 3b. Precis stygia gregorii (Butler) Plate VII, Figure 4, 7 Precis gregorii BUTLER, 1895, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 726, Pl. x11, figs. 7, 8. This form may or may not be marked at the apex of the fore wing and on the outer margin of both wings with the light maculation which | characterizes typical P. stygia, but it is invariably discriminated from the former and from the third form by the presence in the male of at least one brilliantly white or very light yellow spot on the costa of the secondaries on the lower side, which spot is exactly at the termination of the dark band which in all the three forms runs from the anal angle to about the outer fourth of the upper margin of the wing. In the females this same spot also occurs, but it is frequently accompanied by one or more similar spots on the interspaces lower down on the wing, which spots usually are situated either in the middle of the dark medial band, or slightly beyond it toward the outer border. This is probably, like the preceding, a dry-season form. Niangara and Medje. (127) 3c. Precis stygia fuscata, new variety Plate VII, Figure 5, @ This form, which is by far the commonest of the three, is, on the average, appreci- ably smaller in expanse of wing than the two preceding, lacks almost altogether any light cloudings or spots or marks on the under side of the wings, the only traces of such being the almost microscopic dots which indicate the location of the vanished ocelli, which are more or less visible on the outer third of the wings of P. stygia stygia and P. stygia gregorti. The prevalent color of the lower side of the wings is brown marked with darker brown or black spots, the most prominent of all these being the transverse band on the secondaries. This is the wet-season form and is the commonest one on the western coast. The type locality is Medje; also at Munie Katoto. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 149 That the distinction between these forms may be clear I have given figures of them on Plate VII. The females, so far as I can ascertain, have never before been depicted. Of P. stygia stygia, the collection contains six males taken at Niangara in November; two males and one female caught at Medje in July and August; and one female captured at Bafwaboli, September 10, 1909. Of P. stygia gregorti, there are eight males caught at Medje, one in April, the rest in July and August; and two males taken at Niangara in November 1910. Of P. stygia fuscata, there are sixty-one males and six females, all taken at Medje, except one male captured at Bafwaboli, September 10, 1909; those taken at Medje were caught in July and August, except a few taken in April. (128) 4. Precis terea (Drury) Papilio terea Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., I, p. 32, Pl. xvmz, figs. 3, 4. Precis terea AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 220, Pl. x1. The collection contains seventy-two males and twenty females of this species. Two of the females were taken at Leopoldville, two at Medje, and sixteen at Niangara. One male was taken at Bafwaboli, September 1909, and eleven at Medje, June to August 1910. The remaining sixty males were taken mostly at Niangara, in November 1910, though a few specimens are labelled as taken at Faradje, in the same month and year, and one or two at Medje. The females are somewhat greater in expanse of wing and lighter in color than the males, but there is no great variation between the sexes. (129) 5. Precis ceryne (Boisduval) Salamis ceryne Boispuvau, 1847, Delegorgue, Voy. Afr. Australe, II, p. 592. Junonia ceryne TRIMEN, 1862, Rhop. Afr. Austr., I, p. 131; 1866, II, Pl. 11, fig. 4. Precis ceryne AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 223, Pl. urd. Four males taken at Faradje and labelled “1911-1912.” They are all of the wet-season form of the species. KALLIMULA, hew genus Allied to Precis Hiibner and Junonia Hiibner, but differing in having the fore wings strongly falcate at the apex and deeply excavated on the outer margin below vein 6; the hind wings either strongly produced or evenly rounded opposite the end of the cell, the margins more or less entire and strongly produced, or tailed, at the anal angle; both wings crossed near the middle by light bands, generally some shade of red, pink, or ochreous, though in one form (K. harpyia) these bands are shot with blue over the red. Type, Kallimula osborni, new species. 150 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII _In separating from the genus Precis, as constituted by Aurivillius, the Kallima-like forms which he has brought together in part in his fourth group, I think I am not doing violence, in spite of the fact that in my arrangement I am compelled to introduce as one of the members of this group the species named pelarga, which in its dry-season form shows a resemblance to the species which I have included under Precis. However, K. pelarga, in its dry-season form, always has the hind wings more or less elongated at the anal angle and thus may be discriminated from Precis octavia and its allies, which do not have the anal angle greatly produced. K. pelarga marks the transition between the genus Precis and the genus Kallimula. The species which I refer to the new genus are the following: K. osborni, new species; eurodoce (Westwood); milonia (Felder); sinuata (Ploetz); celestina (Dewitz); actia (Distant); antilope (Feisthamel); antilope, var. cuama (Hewitson); pelarga (Fabricius); pelarga, var. leodice (Cramer); pelarga, var. harpyia (Fabricius). (130) 1. Kallimula osborni, new species Plate VII: Figure 7, o; Figure 8, 9 @. Palpi black above, brilliantly white below. Upper side of head, thorax, and abdomen black. Pectus white, like the lower side of the palpi. Legs pale yellowish, dorsally shaded with fuscous. Lower side of abdomen pale fulvous. Fore wings with costa strongly arcuate; outer margin at apex very falcate, strongly produced at the end of vain 6; deeply excised below this and then gently rounded to the lower angle. The hind margin of the fore wing is nearly straight. Hind wings with the costal margin gently (flatly) curved from the base to the upper angle; the outer margin regularly curved outwardly to a point opposite the lower angle of the cell and then inwardly toward the anal angle, the curve running to the tip of the long tail-like pro- jection of the anal angle. On the inner margin the hind wings are strongly curved inwardly from the abdomen until a little after the middle, and then the curve is reversed to the tip of the anal projection. The wings are very dark brown on the upper side interrupted on the discal area with a bright rufous mesial band. This band on the primaries is widest at the inner margin, and sweeps upward toward the costa termina- ting near the origin of vein 6, being externally delimited by an almost regular curve, running from the inner margin from a point about three millimeters behind the outer angle to the origin of vein 6; internally the band is more irregular, being deeply invaded by an outward projection of the dark basal tract on interspace 4. The band has the outline of an inverted cornucopia. There isa sharply defined, small, white spot not far from the apex between veins 5 and 6; and three black spots in the transverse rufous band, one on each of the interspaces 2, 3, and 4, nearer the outer than the inner margin of the band. The transverse band of the hind wing is continuous with the band on the fore wing, narrower at the costa than on the inner margin. It is evenly curved externally, except on interspaces 6 and 7, where the dark outer border invades it by step-like inner projections. The outer band is wider on the secondaries than on the primaries. The inner margin of the light band is somewhat irregular, 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 151 where it crosses the middle of the cell, being invaded by a sharp tooth-like projection of the dark basal area of the wing.. There is a regular curved series of black circular spots beginning between veins 2 and 3 and running upward to the costa, the spots gradually increasing in size toward the costa, and being located nearer the outer margin of the band than its inner margin. On the lower side of the wings there is a dark narrow line of deep brown or black which runs from the tip of the tail-like pro- jection of the anal angle of the hind wing to about the middle of the costa of the fore wing, simulating the appearance of the mid-rib of a leaf. On either side of this central transverse line the wings are more or less rufous, irregularly mottled with darker brown, and being heavily clouded with dark brown at the apex of the primaries and the anal angle of the secondaries. The fore wings near’ the apex and the hind wings near the anal angle are marked with lighter marginal and submarginal narrow lines and more or less frosted with light-colored scales. The series of spots which are conspicuous on the upper side reappear on the lower side in the interspaces, but on the lower side are pupilled with white, in most, but not in all cases. Q. The female is not unlike the male, but the wings are broader, and at the apex of the primaries not so strongly falcate, and the transverse band of the second- aries is more or less creamy white, especially toward the anal angle. Expanse, <, 45-50 mm.; 9, 50-55 mm. The male type (Medje) is in The American Museum of Natural History, the female allotype (Cameroon) is in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. Four males were taken by the Lang-Chapin Expedition at Medje, the dates of capture ranging from July to September. I have long had this species in my collection, where it is represented by specimens collected for me many years ago in southern Cameroon by the late Dr. A. C. Good. I take pleasure in naming it in honor of my friend, Prof. Henry Fairfield Osborn of The American Museum of Natural History, with whom I have spent many pleasant hours both at home and abroad in the pursuit of pleasure and knowledge. (131): 2. Kallimula milonia (Felder) Precis milonia Fe.pEer, 1867, Reise Novara, Lep., III p. 403. Avurrivitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 223. Precis kowara Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 22; 1873, Afr. Lep., p. 6, Pl. v, figs. 5, 6. The collection upon which I am reporting contains six males and one female. Four of the males were taken at Medje in June and July, the other two at Niangara in November. The female was captured at Medje in September. The transverse band in the female is much lighter than in the males, inclining to yellowish. (132) 3. Kallimula sinuata (Platz) Precis sinuata Piarz, 1880, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XLI, p. 477. Aurtvitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 222, Pl. tie. Two males, one caught at Medje in August, the other at Niangara in November. ; 152 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLII (133) 4. Kallimula pelarga (Fabricius) Papilio pelarga Fasrictus, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 513. Precis pelarga AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 223. Of this well-known species there are twenty-three specimens in the collection. One male was caught at Gamangui in February; two males were taken at Medje in August and a female at the same place in July; eight males and eight females were captured at Niangara in November; and there are two males and one female labelled as taken at Faradje 1911-1912.” (134) 5. Kallimula leodice (Cramer) Papilio leodice Cramer, 1777, Pap. Exot., I, p. 64, Pl. cxxxviut, figs. G, H. Precis leodice AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 223. There are eighty-eight specimens of this species or form, nine females and seventy-nine males; all were caught at Niangara in November, except one female, which was taken at Medje in August. Aurivillius regards it as being the dry-season form of pelarga (Fabricius). (135) 6. Kallimula harpyia (Fabricius) Papilio harpyia Fasrictus, 1781, Spec. Ins., II, p. 104. Precis harpyia AuRIvItuivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 223, Pl. 1d. The collection contains sixty specimens, forty-four males and six- teen females, all of which were captured at Niangara in November, except two males which were caught at Medje in August. According to Aurivillius this is an aberrant dry-season form of pelarga. CATACROPTERA Karsch (136) 1. Catacroptera cloanthe (Cramer) Papilio cloanthe Cramer, 1781, Pap. Exot., IV, p. 93, Pl. cccxxxvim, figs. A, B. Catacroptera cloanthe AurtviLuivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 218, Pl.uue. This insect, formerly included in the genus Precis, is indeed very closely related to the latter, but may easily be distinguished by its larger size, its robust form, and somewhat hirsute appearance, not to mention certain other minute anatomical differences which exist in both the imago and the larva. There is but one species, C. cloanthe (Cramer), of which two local races have been recognized by authors, one which is spread over the eastern and southern portions of the continent, to which the name given by Cramer strictly applies, the other C. cloanthe ligata Rothschild and Jordan, which according to these authorities is the north- western race and extends from Senegal to Togo. The American Mu- seum Congo Expedition brought back a small series of specimens which * 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo : 153 show that the two races commingle about the headwaters of the Uelle River and indicate a great eastward extension of the race originally de- scribed by Rothschild and Jordan from the northwestern areas of the Ethiopian subregion. This is, however, what might have been expected. C.cloanthe (typical) has no dark marginal line on the primaries; C. cloanthe ligata has such a line. Both forms have “wet-season”’ and “dry-season”’ subvarieties. The ‘dry seasonal’’ form in each. case is light under the wings, and the “‘ wet seasonal”’ form is dark. The specimens, with the solitary exception of the female captured at Medje on August 1, 1910, were taken at Faradje and Niangara in November of that year. Three males and seven females, including the female taken at Medje in August, belong to the form C. cloanthe ligata Rothschild and Jordan; five males and six females belong to the “wet- season’’ form to which Staudinger applied the varietal name C. ob- scurior, in which the under side of both wings is quite dark brown. SaLamis Boisduval (137) 1. Salamis parhassus ethiops (Palisot de Beauvois) Papilio ethiops Patisor de Brauvois, 1805, Ins. Ree. en’ Afrique et Amérique, Lép., p. 22, Pl. m1. Salamis parhassus AuRIvILLIvs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 217. Sixteen specimens. One was taken at Gamangui in February and another at the same place in June. Four were caught at Niangara in November and all the rest were captured at Medje from June to September. (138) 2. Salamis cacta (Fabricius) Papilio cacta Fasricrus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 116. Salamis cacta AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 218, Pl. te. On the under side of the wings there is displayed a remarkable dis- similarity in color and maculation. No two specimens are exactly alike. This is true also of the very large series which we have from the French Congo and southern Cameroon. It is singular that some “species- maker”’ has not found pleasant recreation in naming and describing the different individuals which exist in various collections, each of which might give opportunity for the exercise of descriptive powers, especially if use were made of a binocular microscope, which has become such a fashionable adjunct in entomological and ichthyological research in recent years. Twenty-five specimens, mostly males. One was taken at Baf- wabaka in January, several at Niangara in November, but by far the largest number at Medje from May to September. 154 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT Katuima (Westwood) (139) 1. Kallima rattrayi Em. Sharpe Kallima rattrayi Em. SHarpe, 1904, Entomologist, p. 182. AurrIvILiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 211. The male is very much like that sex in Kallima rumia, of which this is probably a local race, but considerably smaller in size. The female is different in that the hind wings are concolorous and entirely without the broad whitish band which is always found in K. rumia; and in addition has a conspicuous white mark near the apex of the fore wing on the costal margin. The subapical transverse band is narrower than in K. rumia, and is not white, as in the female of that species, but bright straw-yellow. Three males and a female caught at Medje (July-August), and a male captured at Niangara in November. (140) 2. Kallima ansorgei Rothschild Kallima ansorgei Rotuscuitp, 1899, in Ansorge, ‘Under the African Sun,’ p. 319, Pl., fig. 1. AvrtviLiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 211. This seems to be quite distinct from K. cymodoce (Cramer), al- though it has the same form of the wings. It occurs in the eastern parts of Cameroon also, where K. cymodoce is likewise found, and there have been no intergrading varieties discovered thus far, to the best of my knowledge and belief. The species is represented in the collection by seven males taken at Medje. Hypotimmnas Hiibner (141) ' 1. Hypolimnas misippus (Linneus) Papilio misippus Linnavs, 1764, Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 264. Hypolimnas misippus Aurivitutus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 213. There are eleven males and seven females of this common and widely distributed species. Three of the females belong to the varietal form H. inaria (Cramer). The specimens were all taken at Niangara in November 1910, except one female captured at Medje, August 11, and one male, which was taken at Faradje, without any indication on the label of the day and month. (142) 2. Hypolimnas salmacis (Drury) Papilio salmacis Drnvuny, 1773, Il, Exot, Ent., I, p. 14, Pl. vin, figs. 1-2, Hypolimnas salmacis Avnivitii0s, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., p, 214, Pl. xiviub. The collection contains one hundred and sixty-two males and two females of this species, all taken at Medje. Of this number a few = 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 155 are labelled as having been captured in April, the rest were taken at dates ranging from July 8 to September 24, 1910. If collecting went on continuously at Medje this fact would indicate that there may be two broods annually. There is some variation in the coloring of the upper side of the wings, a few specimens having a purplish tint contrasting with the purer blue of the markings of most of the specimens, and the white spots beyond the end of the cell of the fore wing in an occasional specimen are suffused with blue almost throughout their extent. The two females in the collection belong to the form to which Suffert has applied the name H. cissalma, characterized by having the white of the paler spots replaced by yellow. The collection contains no males corresponding to the form cissalma in that sex, which Suffert describes as having all the lighter markings on the upper side, except the subapical spots, blue throughout. (143) 3. Hypolimnas monteironis (Druce) Diadema monteironis Druce, 1874, Cist. Ent., I, p. 286. Hypolimnas monteironis Auriviuuius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 214, Pl. xivub. This species, which has been by some authors regarded as a varietal form of the preceding but which is quite distinct, is represented in the collection by twenty-one males and one female. They all were taken at Medyje, except one male which is ticketted ‘‘Niangara, November 14— 16, 1910.” Three of the males taken at Medje were captured in April, all of the other specimens bear dates ranging from July 8 to September 27, 1910. Like the preceding species, this probably has at least two annual broods. (144) 4. Hypolimnas mechowi (Dewitz) Diadema mechowi Dewirz, 1884, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XXVIII, p. 187, Pl. 1, fig. 2. Hypolimnas mechowi Aurivituius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 214, Pl. xivud. This species is represented in the collection by a single male, which does not differ at all from specimens in the collection of the writer from the southern parts of Cameroon. It was taken at Bafwaboli, Nov- ember 11, 1909. (145) 5. Hypolimnas bartteloti Grose-Smith Hypolimnas bartteloti GRose-Smr14, 1890, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 468; 1891, Rhop. Exot., I, Hypolimnas, Pl.1, figs. 1-2. AvuriviLuius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 214. 156 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Of this species and its varieties there are twenty-two examples, all of which are males. One specimen was taken at Avakubi, October 1, 1909; one at Lubila, September 20, 1909; all the rest at Medje, one on April 6, the remainder at dates ranging from July 8 to September 27, 1910. There is considerable variability in the specimens due to the ob- solescence of the subapical and submarginal spots. In four of the speci- mens belonging to this collection, as well as in numerous other speci- mens taken in Cameroon and which are before me as I write, these spots are wholly obliterated and I propose for this extreme fore the varietal name obliterata. (146) 5a. Hypolimnas bartteloti obliterata, new variety Plate VI, Figure 5, #7 Distinguished from the typical form by the complete obliteration of the sub- apical and submarginal spots on the upper side of both the fore and hind wings. Traces of the uppermost subapical and the lowermost submarginal spot are to be found on the lower side of the fore wing in some specimens, but not in all. In typical H. bartteloti the submarginal white spots form a continuous series, one in each inter- space, though they may vary in size, in some specimens being quite large, in others being reduced to mere points. The type of H. bartteloti obliterata is in The American Aronson of Natural History; paratypes are in the same collection and in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. Medje and Cameroon. (147) - 6. Hypolimnas dubia (Palisot de Beauvois) Papilio dubius Patisor pg Bravvois, 1805, Ins. Rec. en Afrique et Amérique, p. 238, Lep., Pl. v1, figs. 2a, 2b. Hypolimnas dubia Aurtvituivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 215, Pl. xivirta. There are ten males and two females of this species. One male was taken at Bafwabaka, December 9, 1909; two males were captured at Niangara in November 1910; the remaining nine specimens were taken at Medje, the dates of capture ranging from June 8 to September 27, 1910. The two females were taken in the first week in August. There is some variation in the maculation of the specimens, particularly in the extent of the large white discal area of the hind wings, which in one specimen is rather broadly suffused with pale ochreous. This variability is characteristic of the species, as shown by numerous specimens coming from various parts of the continent in the collection of the writer. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 157 (148) 7. Hypolimnas anthedon (Doubleday) Diadema anthedon Dovsiepay, 1845, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1) XVI, p. 181; 1850, Gen. Diurn. Lep., II, p. 281, Pl. xxxvu, fig. 2. Hypolimnas anthedon Avurivituius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 215, Pl. XLVIIC. There are twenty-two males and one female in the collection. The latter was taken at Medje in September 1910. One male is ticketted as from Bafwaboli, September 11, 1909; another as from Bafwasende, September 25, 1909; a third from Ngayu, December 11, 1909; a fourth from Niangara, November 9-10, 1910. The remaining specimens were taken at Medje, one on April 6, 1910, the rest at dates ranging from June 6 to October 4, 1910. There is great uniformity in the specimens, and they differ in no respect from hundreds of others which have passed under the eye of the writer and which have come from all parts of tropical western Africa. Euryteline EuryYTELA Boisduval (149) 1. Eurytela hiarbas (Drury) Papilio hiarbas Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., III, p. 17, Pl. x1v, figs. 1, 2. Eurytela hiarbas Aurivituivs, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 209, Pl. xurxe. Four males and two females, Medje (July-August). (150) 2. Eurytela dryope (Cramer) Papilio dryope Cramer, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 125, Pl. uxxvim, figs. Z, F. Eurytela dryope AurtviL.Ius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 210. One male taken at Niangara, November 14, 1910. (151) 3. Eurytela alinda Mabille Eurytela alinda Masi.ue, 1893, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, XX XVII, p. 50. Aurt- VILLIuS, 1913; Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 210, Pl. xirxe. Six males caught at Medje (July-August). Neptipopsis Aurivillius (152) 1. Neptidopsis ophione (Cramer) Papilio ophione CraMER, 1777, Pap. Exot., II, p. 27, Pl. extv, figs. Z, F. Neptidopsis ophione AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 209, Pl. xurxd. Eleven specimens (two not expanded) taken at Medje, the dates of capture running from early in July to early in September. 158 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII Ercotis Westwood (153) 1. Ergolis enotrea (Cramer) Papilio enotrea CRAMER, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 73, Pl. ccxxxv1, figs. A, B. Ergolis enotrea AURIVILLIUsS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 208, Pl. xirxe. Twenty-five specimens, nineteen males and six females, are included in the collection. They were all taken at Medje about the middle of the year, except two specimens which were captured at Niangara in Noy- ember. (154) 2. Ergolis pagenstecheri Suffert Ergolis pagenstecheri Surrert, 1904, Iris, XVII, p. 125. AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 208, Pl. xurxe. Ergolis murina BARTEL, 1905, Nov. Zool., XII, p. 135. Three male specimens taken at Medje in July. (155) 3. Ergolis actisanes Hewitson Ergolis actisanes Hewitson, 1875, Ent. Mo. Mag., XI, p. 183. Aurtvituivus, 1913; Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 208, Pl. xurxe. This species is represented by five male specimens, four from Medje, two taken in July, and one in each of the months, August and September, the fifth being labelled as captured at Niangara in November. Mesoxantua Aurivillius (156) 1. Mesoxantha ethosea (Drury) Papilio ethosea Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., IIT, p. 51, Pl. xxxvn, figs. 3, 4. Mesoxantha ethosea Aurtvitiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 208, Pl. XLrxb, A single male captured at Medje, August, 1910. This is a quite common insect on the Ogové River, and the writer has a long series taken by the late Dr. A. C. Good at Kangvé. Bysuia Hiibner (157) 1. Byblia crameri Aurivillius Byblia crameri Aunivititius, 1894, Ent. Tidskr., XV, p. 279; 1918, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 208, Pl. xirxe, figured as “ B. vulgaris U.” This species or local race of B. ilithya is the one which prevails on the western coast from Sierra Leone to northern Angola, penetrating eastward as far as Uganda. It is remarkably constant throughout its range, as extensive series of specimens from many places show. | Eleven males and three females. One female was caught at Kwa- mouth, July 14, 1909, the other two at Niangara in November, 1910, Three males were taken at Medje in August, all the rest at Faradje and Niangara in November. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 159 Eunicine AsTEeropeE Hiibner Asterope Hispner 1816, type amulia Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot., II, Pl. cuxxx, figs. C7 .D. ‘ _Crenis BotspuvAL 1833, type madagascariensis. Cf. Rothschild and Jordan, 1903, Nov. Zool., X, p. 528. (158) 1. Asterope occidentalium (Mabille) Crenis occidentalium MaBI.uE, 1876, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, I, p. 275. AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 205, Pl. xuviuig. Asterope occidentalium ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., X, p. 529. Fourteen specimens: one male taken at Gamangui in February; the rest captured at Medje (July-September). (159) 2. Asterope boisduvali (Wallengren) Crenis boisduvali WALLENGREN, 1857, Rhop. Caffr., p. 30. AuRtviLuius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 205, Pl. xivinig. Asterope boisduval: ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zool., X, p. 530. Nineteen specimens, of which one was taken at Gamangui in June, two at Niangara in November, and the rest at Medje (May—September). (160) 3. Asterope natalensis (Boisduval) Crenis natalensis BoispuvaL, 1847, Delegorgue, Voy. Afr. Australe, IT, p. 592. Aurt- vituius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 206. Asterope natalensis ROTHSCHILD AND JORDAN, 1903, Nov. Zooi., X, p. 531. One male captured at Niangara in November. Marpesiinze Cyrrestis Westwood (161) 1. Cyrestis camillus (Fabricius) Papilio camillus Fasricrus, 1781, Spec. Ins., IT, p. 11. Cyrestis camillus AURIVILLIUS, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 203, Pl. xurxb. Twenty-two specimens, mostly taken at Medje from May to September, though there are a couple captured at Niangara in November and one from Bafwabaka caught in January. Neptidinz Neptis Fabricius The genus Neptis is well represented in the woodlands of Africa. The collection upon which I am reporting contains a number of species which are already more or.less well known and some rarities. 160 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (162) 1. Neptis metella Doubleday and Hewitson Neptis metella DoUBLEDAY AND HEewitTson, 1850, Gen. Diurn. Lep., I, p. 272, Pl. xxxv, fig. 2. HoLuanp, 1892, Ent. News, ITI, PI. rx, fig. 3. Nine specimens, all taken at Medje in July and August, ‘except one caught at Gamangui in June. (163) 2. Neptis marpessa Hopffer Neptis marpessa Hoprrer, 1855, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 640; 1862, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, Ins., p. 383, Pl. xxrv, figs. 9, 10. Neptis pasteuri SNELLEN, 1882, Tijd. v. Ent., XXV, p. 221. Neptis marpessa AuURIVILLIUvs, 1912, Seitz, Grow-eluslits XII, p. 199. One specimen was captured at Niangara, November 20, 1910. This is the continental form of the insect which isfoundin Madagascar and was named JN. saclava by Boisduval. It is very abundant on the east- ern coast and I have long series from Natal and Mombasa. (164) 3. Neptis nemetes Hewitson Neptis nemetes Hewirson, 1868, Exot. Butt., IV, Neptis, Pl. 1, figs. 1,2. Ho.uanp, | 1892, Ent. News, III, Pl. rx, fig. 4. Seven specimens, one taken at Kwamouth, July 15, one from Risimu, taken September 8, 1909, the rest from Medje, June to August. (165) 4. Neptis agatha (Stoll) Plate VI: Figure 8, Forest Form, o; Figure 7, Open Country Form, Papilio agatha Srou1, 1780, in Cramer’s Pap. Exot., IV, p. 76, Pl. cccxxvn, figs. A, B. Neptis agatha AuriviLx10s, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 200, Pl. xuviiid. Of this species the collection contains eighty-seven specimens, in- cluding some of the varieties to which discriminating students have given names founded in some cases upon the measurement of the size of the spots and bands. The form lativittata Strand, the author of which informs us that the mesial band of the secondaries is eight millimeters wide, is represented. I discover that all of the specimens falling into this category are large and well-developed females, as is also the case with a lot of specimens I have from other parts of Africa. I call into question the specific validity of this so-called “species,’’ which is not even a variety. I note, however, that there is a distinction, which I do not believe has been previously pointed out, between the specimens which come from the hot woodlands and those from the more open country of the eastern and southern grass-lands. As it happens, most of the speci- mens representing this species were taken at Niangara and Faradje. s = &- = j ‘ 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 161 They agree perfectly with spoeliaionias taken on the hills back of Mombasa, of which I have a long suite, and with series of specimens coming from Natal and other more southern localities. By selecting from the mass all those which were caught at Medje about the middle of the year, I discover that the latter as a group are not only generally larger but have the transverse mesial band of the primaries a little straighter and narrower than the other lot of specimens. Comparing them with long suites of specimens coming from Cameroon, Sierra Leone, and the valley of the Ogové, I discover that the specimens from Medje are iden- tical in appearance with these, and that there is a slight but constant difference between the whole assemblage of specimens from the wooded . tropics and those which come from the steppes of the east and the south. By pinning out fifty of each of the forms selected according to locality, as I have done, the different facies of the two lots becomes very apparent and striking to the eye, even more so than when only two individuals are compared with each other. (166). 5. Neptis seeldrayersi Aurivillius Neptis seeldrayersi AuRivILLIus, 1895, Ent. Nachr., p. 379; 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 167, Pl. 1, fig. 7; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 200, Pl. xnvimid. Eight specimens, all taken at Medje in July and August. There is some individual variability. In one specimen the fourth white spot reckoning from the costa is obsolete in the mesial band and gives the wing a different facies. The species is not uncommon farther west and we have it in some numbers from the region of the Ogové River. (167) 6. Neptis nysiades Hewitson Neptis nysiades Hew1tson, 1868, Exot. Butt., IV, Neptis, Pl. 1, figs.’3, 4. Six males and four females, all caught at Medje, the dates of cap- ture including April, July, August, and September. (168) 7. Neptis metanira Holland Neptis metanira HOLLAND, 1892, Ent. News, III, Pl. rx, fig. 6. Aurivillius, in the ‘Rhopalocera Acthiopica,’ expresses the opinion that this form is simply an aberration of the preceding species. He may be right but, as the insect has a very different facies from N. nysiades on the upper side, though I agree that it closely resembles nysiades on the under side, and, as it is constantly turning up and we have quite a good series from Cameroon and other parts, I am inclined to let the matter stand as I originally put it until the test of breeding shall show that Dr. Aurivillius is correct in his surmise. One male, taken at Medje, August 13, 1910. 162 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (169) 8. Neptis continuata Holland Neptis biafra var. continuata HoLuanp, 1892, Ent. News, III, Pl. rx, fig. 9. Aurivillius in the ‘Rhopalocera Aithiopica’ says that this is, like the preceding, an aberration of N. nysiades Hewitson. I admit that I was in error in making it a varietal form of N. biafra Ward, which is a different insect, though there are resemblances on the under side of the wings which led me to take the step. I have a good series of this thing from various localities, many more than I had when I first named the insect. As it is every now and then being received from different parts of the hot lands of Africa and is quite constant and recognizable, I am inclined to apply the remarks which I made under the preceding species and let the matter stand until we shall receive more light. It is not conspecific with NV. bafra Ward, as I have already said. The figure of the latter insect, which I gave on the same plate in the Entomological News, is that of a typical N. biafra, o, and it does not take much effort to see the great difference between the two insects. Twenty-six years of study since I wrote that article on the genus Neptis has broadened my knowledge of the subject. There are four examples of this form, three of which were taken at Medje in July and August, the fourth at Munie Katoto, September 1909. (170) 9. Neptis nicomedes Hewitson Neptis nicomedes Hewrrson, 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., X, p. 205. Kirsy, 1894, Handbook Lep., I, p. 147, Pl. xx, fig. 3. I refer to this species four specimens which agree both with the description and the figure cited above, except that all of them have the mesial band of the primaries slightly inangulated on its inner margin at vein 4, thus resembling the variety quintilla Mabille!| The only difference which I am able to affirm definitely between typical nicomedes and quintilla is the fact that in the latter the longitudinal streak in the cell of the fore wing is reduced and obsolete basad and persists merely as a short bar or curved line near the end of the cell. I have good speci- mens of N. quintilla which were collected in Cameroon, before me as I write, and quite agree with Dr. Aurivillius in regarding the two forms as merely varietal. The specimens upon which I am reporting were taken at Medje, one in June, one in July, and two in August. There are two males and two females. a ~~ -~—- ‘Kirby’ A Seiten’ in mr ‘ieiubal and may not be true to type. See aS i ee es ee ee 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 163 (171) 10. Neptis strigata Aurivillius Neptis strigata AURIVILLIUS, 1894, Ent. Tidskr., XV, p. 284, fig. 10; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 201, Pl. xivute. There are five specimens of this species, three males and two females, all taken at Medje, except one of the females which was caught at Pawa in October. The dates of capture at Medje cover the months of April, July, August, and September. One of the specimens agrees so closely with the figure given by Aurivillius in the ‘Gross-Schmetterlinge’ (loc. cit.) that it might have served the artist as his model. The rest do not have the longitudinal streak in the cell of the fore wings divided into two parts, but at the point where this division is shown in the figure given by’ Aurivillius there is a small black spot which, by becoming only a little larger, would cause the band to be interrupted as shown by the author of the species. We have this insect also from Cameroon and the Ogové Valley. (172) 11. Neptis biafra Ward Plate VIII, Figure 3, 2 Neptis biafra Warp, 1871, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, p. 121; 1874, Afr. Lep., p. 12, Pl Ix, figs. 1,2. Ho Luann, 1892, Ent. News, III, Pl. rx, fig. 10, #. The collection contains one female caught at Medje, June 30, 1910. In this specimen the two small spots at the basal end of the cell of the fore wing coalesce, while the larger spot at the end of the cell re- mains free. We have some fine specimens of the male in our collections gathered for us in Cameroon and on the Ogové River. It is one of the most beautiful of the species in the genus and is related to N. strigata but is larger and more strikingly marked. I strongly suspect that my valued friend, Dr. Aurivillius, was in some doubt as to the identification of N. biafra, both when he queried the identity of my figure of the male with his N. strigata, as he does in the ‘Rhopalocera A®ithiopica,’ and when in the ‘Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde’ he places N. biafra in another group, separate from strigata, to which it is allied, and gives a description, which is not at all conformed to the description given by the author of the species. I wish to say that the figure of N. biafra given by me in the Entomological News is that of a specimen which con- forms absolutely to the description of Ward, and that the insect, while not far removed from N. strigata, is totally distinct. With a good series of both species before me for comparison, I am able to affirm this positively. (173) 12. Neptis nicoteles Hewitson Neptis nicoteles Hewitson, 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., X, p. 206. Hotianp, 1892, Ent. News, ITI, Pl. rx, fig. 8. One male, lacking head and antenne, taken at Medje, July 13, 1910. 164 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII (174) 13. Neptis nicobule Holland Neptis nicobule HoLuanD, 1892, Ent. News, III, p. 249, Pl. rx, fig. 7. AurtviLirus, 1898, Rhop. thiop., p. 168; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 202. One male, taken at Gamangui, June 17,1910. It agrees perfectly with the type with which it has been compared. (175) 14. Neptis lermanni Aurivillius Nept,s lermanni AuRIVILLIUS, 1896, Ofvers. Sv. Vet. Akad. Férh., LIII, p. 431; 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 202, Pl. xivui/. Seven males and three females: two males caught at Gamangui in June; all the rest at Medje, from June to August. (176) 15. Neptis melicerta (Drury) Papilio melicerta Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., II, p. 34, Pl. xxx, figs. 3, 4. Neptis melicerta Hotuanp, 1892, Ent. News, III, Pl. rx, fig. 5. Aurtviiiius, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 202, Pl. xtvute. Of this common insect there are thirty-five examples, all taken at Medje from July to September, except two which were captured at Niangara in November. NEPTIDOMIMA, new genus (177) 1. Neptidomima exaleuca (Karsch) Neptis exaleuca Karscu, 1894, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XX XTX, p. 9, fig. 5. AuRrvrirus, 1913, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 202. There is a single specimen of this rare and curious insect, taken at Medje in July. Although it agrees in the neuration of the wings with the genus Neptis, I nevertheless think that it should be separated generically from that genus because of the structure of the palpi, which are more robust, porrect, and hirsute thanin any species of Neptis known to me. Furthermore, the insect is throughout more robust in its structure than is the case in the genus Neptis. I propose the generic name Nep- tidomima for the creature, of which genus it is the type. Nymphalinez Pseupacraa Westwood (178) 1. Pseudacrwa hostilia warburgi Aurivillius Pseudacraa hostilia var. warburgi Aurivitii0s, 1892, Ent. Tidskr., XII, p. 200; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 194, Pl. xivie. One male, captured at Medje, August 1910. aa a Pe oe 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 165 (179) 2. Pseudacrea semire (Cramer) Papilio semire Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot., III, p. 3, Pl. oxcry, figs. B, C. Pseudacrea semire AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 194, Pl. xurva. Four males: one taken at Gamangui in June, and re caught at Medje in July and August. (180) 3. Pseudacrea lucretia (Cramer) Papilio lucretia CraMER, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 71, Pl. xtv, figs. C, D. Pseudacrea lucretia AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 197, Pl. xivia. Represented by fifty-four specimens, nineteen of which are not expanded. The specimens were mainly taken at Medje, though about half a dozen bear other scattering locality labels. The dates of capture range from May into September. The typical form is well represented, but the majority of the speci- mens belong to the slight variety named Pseudacrea protracta by Butler in which the light discal area of the hind wing is yellowish instead of pure white as in the typical form. But there are intergrades and it is hard to say in the series where one form begins and the other ends. (181) 4. Pseudacrma clarki Butler Pseudacrea clarki BuTLER, 1892, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 201, Pl. x, figs. 1, la. AURIVILLIvS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 197, Pl. xiv1b. This lovely butterfly is represented by six males taken at Medje (July to September). (182) 4a. Pseudacrea clarki egina Aurivillius Pseudacrea clarki var. egina AuRIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 197.” Four males taken at Medje (May to June) and one at Niangara in November. (183) 5. Pseudacrea gottbergi Dewitz Pseudacrea gottbergi Dewit1z, 1884, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XXVIII, p. 187, Pl. 1, fig. 1. AvRIVILLIvs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 197, Pl. xiv1b. Five males: four taken at Medje (June to September) and one at Munie Katoto, September 10, 1909. (184) 6. Pseudacrea hobleyi Neave Pseudacrea hobleyi Neave, 1904, Nov. Zool., XI, p. 331. Aurtvitii1us, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 196. One female taken at Medje, June 28, 1910. The subapical band of the fore wing is a trifle wider than usual. 166 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII PsEUDONEPTIS Snellen (185) 1. Pseudoneptis conobita (Fabricius) Papilio cenobita Fasrictus, 1793, Ent. Syst., III, part 1, p. 247. Pseudoneptis cenobita AURIVILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 193, Pl. xivib. Thirty specimens, mostly males, a few of which were taken at Gamangui in June, the rest at Medje in the middle months of the year. Catuna Kirby (186) 1. Catuna crithea (Drury) Papilio crithea Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., II, p. 29, Pl. xvt, figs. 5, 6. Catuna crithea AuRIviLuivs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 192. Thirty-one specimens, mostly males, taken at Medje from June to September. (187) 2. Catuna angustata (Felder) Euomma angustatum Fever, 1867, Reise Novara, Lep., III, p. 425. Catuna angustata AuRIvILLIvs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 192. Fifty-seven specimens taken at the same place and times as the foregoing species. (188) 3. Catuna oberthiiri Karsch Catuna oberthiiri Karscu, 1894, Berl. Ent. Zeit., XX XIX, p.4. Aurrvitiius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 192, Pl. xvid, e. Twenty-two examples to which the remarks made under the two preceding species apply. In addition to the specimens enumerated above there are in the collection thirty-nine unexpanded specimens representing all of the three species, but which cannot be separated easily without being spread so that the upper side of the wings can be examined. CyNANDRA Schatz (189) 1. Cynandra opis (Drury) Papilio opis Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ent., I, p. 33, Pl. xvii, figs. 5, 6. Cynandra opis Auntvitiius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 191, Pl. xuvie, 9. Of this insect there are five males and eight females, all of which were taken at Medje, except one badly damaged male and one female which were taken at Niangara, in November 1910. The dates of capture at Medje include the months of April, June, July, August, and September. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 167 Aterica Boisduval (190) 1. Aterica galene (Brown) Papilio galene Brown, 1776, New Ills. of Zool., p. 94, Pl. xxxvut. Aterica theophane Horrrer, 1855, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 641. Aterica galene AuRIvILLIUS, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 191, Pl. xivia, b. There are thirty males and twenty-three females of this species and its varieties. The form theophane is an extreme in which the light area of the hind wing is broadly suffused with red, but there are inter- grading specimens connecting up these with such specimens as have the light area quite white. One male is labelled as having been captured at Noki in Angola, a few came from Gamangui and were taken in June, but the great majority were captured at Medje in the middle months of the year. Hamanvumipa Hiibner (191) 1. Hamanumida dedalus (Fabricius) Papilio dedalus Fasricivs, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 482. Hamanumida dedalus Aurtvituius, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett,. XIII, p. 191, Pl. xivif. Of this form, which differs from the following by the duller coloring of the lower side of the wings and the partial suppression of the white spots on that side, there are sixteen males and five females taken at Niangara in November. - (192) la. Hamanumida dedalus meleagris (Cramer) Papilio meleagris CraMER, 1775, Pap. Exot., I, p. 102, Pl. xuv1, figs. A, B. Hamanumida meleagris Aurtviturus, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 191, Pl. xuivif. This variety is represented by a long series of males and females, all of which were taken at Niangara and Faradje in November, except one taken at Noki in Angola, June 24, 1909, and another caught at Avakubi in November 1909. The two forms, H. dedalus and H. meleagris, intergrade and, as both were taken at Niangara in large numbers at the same time of the year, the opinion of Dr. Aurivillius that they represent seasonal forms is open to question. They are mere color varieties, H. dedalus having the under surface dull and the white spots for the most part suppressed, and H. meleagris having the under surface of the wings brighter and the white spots present. C The writer has a large series of both forms collected for him on the Ogové River and at Gaboon by the late Dr. A. C. Good and these, too, 168 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII by the dates of capture seem to confirm the opinion that the two forms are probably the issue of one and the same brood and that they are not “‘seasonal varieties’? in the sense in which that term must be ac- cepted. EvupHzpra Hiibner The genus Eupheedra is one of the most puzzling genera among the diurnal Lepidoptera of Africa. A vast number of so-called species, or forms, have been distinguished by writers, in many instances based apparently upon solitary individuals coming into their’ possession without sufficient material at hand to institute broad comparisons. Until in coming years some careful student on the ground shall succeed in breeding these insects from ova laid by individual females there necessarily will remain more or less confusion in certain groups. This is especially true of the forms allied to EH. preussi Staudinger, EH. ceres (Fabricius), and E. xypete (Hewitson). Of these I have before me as I write a vast assemblage of specimens, many of which were brought home by the American Museum Congo Expedition. For example, there were collected by this expedition one hundred and eight specimens representing EH. preusst and varieties, males and females. We have in the collections contained in the Carnegie Museum as many more from various localities. In all this assemblage of specimens it is almost impossible to find two individuals in either sex which are absolutely alike. There are slight differences in the shade of color on both the upper and under sides, in the number of spots in the cells on both sides of the wings, and in the discal and submarginal markings, which may be strongly, feebly, or not at all indicated. In ‘addition to this, a close and accurate study of the literature shows that the descriptions and the figures which have been given by authors represent individuals rather than species; so that it is exceedingly difficult to state in exact terms where one so-called species begins and another ends in this group. The same remarks apply to other so-called “snecies,”’ in other groups in which almost infinite variety is plainly visible, but appearing to me to have as little real significance as the shape and location of the spots on common cattle. On the other hand, there are certain forms recognized by authors which appear to be quite constant over the entire range in which they occur and which are not difficult to discriminate. In some cases, however, it may well be, as has been suggested, that some of these which are not distantly related to each other may, when the test of breeding is applied, turn out to be 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 169 mere color varieties or seasonal forms which have not as yet been recog- nized as such. The genus as a whole presents as much difficulty to the systematist as the genus Argynnis and, in fact, I am disposed to regard it as more difficult than the latter genus. The arrangement and classi- fication of the specimens contained in the collection upon which I am now reporting must, therefore, in certain of the groups be regarded as . in a measure provisional. I. Prrseis Group (193) l. Euphedra imitans Holland Plate VII, Figure 2, type, 2 Euphedra imitans Houianp, 1893, Canad. Ent., XXV, p. 3. AurrviLirus, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 185; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 190. Of this well-marked species, which has never before been figured, there are in the collection one male and three females, all taken at Medje, the male on September 27, one of the females in July, and two of the females in August 1910. II. Rusprna Group I may say in passing that I assign EF. crowleyi Kirby to this group. It is a small species, which Aurivillius in error classifies under Euptera, but I have both males and females which show that the insect is a true Euphedra. (194) 2. Euphedra ruspina (Hewitson) Romaleosoma ruspina Hewitson, 1865, Exot. Butt., III, Romaleosoma, Pl. u, figs. 6, 7. Buphedra Piette AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 185; 1912, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 190, Pl. xumb. (In error designated on the plate as E. eleus.) Of this well-known species there are eleven males and three females. All of the males and two of the females are labelled as captured at Medje; one female is marked as taken at Gamangui in July. III. Exuevs Group (195) 3. Euphedra eleus (Drury) Papilio eleus Drury, 1782, Ill. Exot. Ent., III, p. 14, Pl. x, figs. 1, 2. Euphedra eleus AURIVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 185; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 190, Pl. xumb. (Middle figure, 2, erroneously labelled ruspina on plate.) The figure of E. eleus given by Drury does not appear to be for- tunate. The insect on his plate (loc. cit.) is represented as having the hind wing strongly produced at the anal angle. Such a specimen, so 170 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIII far as my knowledge goes, does not exist, and I think the outline of the wing in his drawing is due to the fancy of the draftsman, who has ex- aggerated in this respect. The color and markings of the upper side of the wings in all other respects agree with the multitude of specimens before me, which may be accepted as typical E. eleus. The color and markings. of the lower side of the wings in Drury’s figure represent an extreme variety. Of what I long have determined to be H. eleus (Drury) there are in the collection nine males and four females, all taken at Medje at dates ranging from June to September, except one female which was taken at Niangara in November 1910. These specimens all have the trans- verse subapical band white, relatively narrow, consisting of four spots of which the third, reckoning from the costa, is the largest, and the ground- color of both wings is dark brownish red as shown in Drury’s figure. (196) 3a. Eupheedra eleus hybrida Aurivillius Euphedra eleus ab. hybridus (Staudinger, in litt.), AURtVILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Aithiop., p. 186; ab. hybrida Aurtvitiivs, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 190. This varietal form, or subspecies, is represented in the collection by twenty-five males and thirteen females. The dark apical area and, to some extent, the dark marginal band of the secondaries in these speci- mens, shows in certain lights a greenish luster. In the males the sub- apical transverse band is, in almost all cases, composed of only three spots, yellowish white in color, the lowermost of. which is the largest. In ten of the specimens in the collection there is, however, a fourth spot indicated as a mere pointlet in the interspace between the second and third submedian nervules. The red ground-color of the wings is much paler than in typical eleus, being orange-red and not dark brown. The specimens were almost all taken at Medje, at dates ranging from June to September, though there are several specimens, both male and female, recorded as captured at Gamangui in June, a male taken at Niangara in November, and a female at Avakubi in October. This varietal form with the paler ground-color of the wings, the greenish luster of the dark margins, and the yellow subapical bands, when pinned out in a series, contrasts rather strikingly with the darker clored specimens which I refer to EZ. eleus Drury, but when it comes to a comparison of the under side of the wings the difference is so trifling as to make it appear certain that the two forms are merely varietal. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 171 (197) 3b. Euphedra eleus coprates (Druce) Romaleosoma coprates Druce, 1875, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 411. Euphedra eleus var. coprates AuRIvILLIUS, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 186; 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 190, Pl. xia, o (in error hybridus), Pl. xumb, 2. Of this varietal form, distinguished by the presence of spots in the cell of the fore wings, both on the upper and under side, there are three males taken at Medje, one in June and the other two in August. (198) 4. Euphedra edwardsi (Hoeven) Aterica edwardsi Horven, 1845, Tijd. Nat. Gesch., XII, p. 251, Pl. rv, figs. la, 1b. Romaleosoma pratinas DouBLEDAY AND Hewitson, 1850, Gen. Diurn. Lep., II, p. 284, Pl. xxxvin, fig. 3, o. Euphedra edwardsi Aurivituius, 1898, Rhop. Athiop., p. 186; 1912, Seitz, Gross- Schmett., XIII, p. 189, Pl. xu11c ( 9, non o, as figured on plate). The collection contains one female taken at Medje on July 29, 1910. IV. Crres Group As already indicated, the collection contains a great many speci- mens referable to this group showing innumerable slight variations in color and markings, so that it becomes very difficult to determine by fixed lines specific and varietal distinctions. (199) 5. Euphedra preussi Staudinger (?) Euphedra preussi StauvinGER, 1891, Iris, IV, p. 119, Pl. 1, fig. 1. To this species I refer, with some doubt, eighteen males and four females, all taken at Medje, at dates ranging from July to September, except one male captured at Niangara in November and one female taken at Bafwasende on January 7, 1910. Not one of these specimens agrees absolutely on the lower side with the figure given by Staudinger, though the males agree almost per- fectly with the figure which he gives of the upper side of the wings. In this connection it is to be observed that the insect figured as H. preussi by Aurivillius in Seitz, ‘Gross-Schmetterlinge,’ XIII, Plate xurid, is not the insect figured by Staudinger in Iris (loc. cit.) but represents the variety named njamnjami by Staudinger. Staudinger’s figure represents an insect which is bright ochraceous on the under side. The insects upon which I am reporting are prevalently greenish on the under side, though some of them are brownish, but almost all are inclined to be more or less ochraceous on the inner margin of the lower side. The number of the spots in the cells of both the fore and hind wings on the lower side is somewhat variable. All-have a pale discal spot beyond the 172 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLIIT cell, while in some specimens this discal spot forms the lower end of a pale band extending costad to the pale costal marginal border. No two specimens are absolutely alike. The submarginal spots on the upper and under side are also variable, though generally indicated on the upper side, and sometimes quite strongly; in other specimens, particu- larly on the lower side, these submarginal spots are more or less obsolete. The transverse apical band in the males is, as in Staudinger’s figure, narrow and greenish, and the apical region on the upper side in the males is more or less suffused with green. In the females the transverse sub- apical band is white, showing strongly against the black apical area of the fore wings on the upper side, and is composed of four spots. None of the specimens are absolutely typical #. preussi Staudinger, but knowing, as I do, how greatly these insects tend to vary, I am not inclined to set up a new species merely basing it upon the slightly different shade of the lower side of the wings. (200) 5a. Euphedra preussi njami Staudinger Euphedra preussi var. njami Staudinger, 1891, Iris, IV, p. 125. I refer to this varietal form erected by Staudinger twenty-one males and six females, all taken at Medje at dates ranging from April to September, except two males taken at Niangara in November and one female captured at Gamangui in June. Staudinger differentiates this form from his #. preussi by stating in his description that the fore wings of the male on the upper side are darker, not laved with green, and that on the under side they are ferru- ginous and, further, that the submarginal spots on the lower side are distinctly visible. The long series of specimens before me which I refer to this form correspond closely with Staudinger’s description, but there is considerable variability in the shading of the upper and under sides of the wings. On the upper side, some are distinctly greenish; in others the ground-color passes into bluish green. On the. under side, some are indeed ferruginous, as he states; others, however, are somewhat greenish, and no two are absolutely alike in every minute particular. Almost all have a small light spot on the under side of the secondaries beyond the end of the cell, and in some specimens this light spot is extended costad, forming a light bar which loses itself in the pale costal border. There is extreme variability in this respect. The females are like the females of typical preussi, but almost all of them have the pale diseal transverse band on the secondaries running from the end of the cell upward toward the costa more distinctly marked than in the males. 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 173 (201) 5b. Euphedra preussi njamnjami Staudinger Euphedra preussi var. njamnjami StaupINGER, 1891, Iris, IV, p. 125. Euphedra preussi AuriviLii0s, 1912, Seitz, Gross-Schmett., XIII, p. 189, Pl. xumd. To this varietal form, characterized by Staudinger as having the upper side of the wings black and not laved with green at the apex as in typical preussz, the under side ferruginous, without submarginal mark- ings, I refer twelve males and twenty-one females from Medje and Gamangui. The males and females are all distinctly somewhat larger in size than either of the two foregoing forms. The outer two-thirds of the wings of the males are black, the subapical transverse band narrow, composed of four spots separated by the nervules, and the lower side without submarginal markings save as these may be indicated by small white dots in a few of the specimens. The prevalent color of the under side of the wings is brownish ochraceous, or ferruginous more or less laved with green in the case of the males, but not in the case of the females. As in the two preceding forms, the hind wings beyond the end of the cell may have a discal light spot, or this light spot may be ex- tended eostad in the form of a pale transverse discal band, losing itself in the light costal margin. While I am averse to adding to the apparent interminable confu- sion which already exists in this species, I am, nevertheless, constrained by facts which are too apparent to be overlooked to set off from among the specimens before me several varietal forms which are quite as worthy of being discriminated as those which have already been men- tioned. (202) 5c. Euphedra preussi notata, new variety Plate XI, Figure 1, #7 I apply this name to two males and three females before me. The males and females are relatively smaller than any specimens of the varieties njami Staudinger and njamnjami Staudinger, which they resemble on the upper side of the wings, save that at the end of the cell on the upper side of the secondaries they all have a distinct black spot. On the under side the ground-color of the wings is chocolate- brown, with a more or less bluish suffusion, and the spots in the cell of both the fore and hind wings are large and distinct, and the submarginal spots are also well indi- cated, having an inner dark nucleus accentuated externally by light spots. The transverse subapical band in the males is pale whitish green; in the females pure white. Expanse, o’, 65-67 mm.; 9, 70-80 mm. The type @ and allotype 2 are in the The American Museum of Natural History; two paratypes in the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum. All are from Medje. 174 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLII (203) 5d. Euphedra preussi subviridis, new variety Plate XI, Figure 4, 7 Closely resembling E. preussi, but with the upper outer two-thirds of the fore wings in the case of the male velvety black, the postapical transverse band diffuse, greenish, and toward the apex fading into a lustrous green subapical area which, in certain lights, shows as a brilliant green tract covering the apical area from near the apex to the outer end of the cell; the hind wings and the posterior margin of the fore wing for some distance iridescent greenish blue, this area on the fore wings reaching the lower margin of the cell near the base, but not reaching the outer angle. The posterior wings broadly bordered with dark green, accentuated with a submarginal series of black velvety spots. On the under side in the male the wings are more or less grass-green, tinged with chocolate-brown, the transverse subapical band of the primaries being whitish. The spots in the cells of the primaries.and the secondaries are variable in number and size, as is true of all the varieties, and this is also true of the submarginal series of dark spots. The female is marked on the upper side like the male except that the transverse subapical band is pure snow-white. The outer margins, as in all the forms of E. preussi, have the fringes dark, interrupted on the interspaces with white, and the fore wings are at the apex tipped with white. There are two males and one female from Medje which I refer to this form. The male and female types are in The American Museum of. Natural History; the second male, a paratype, is in the Holland Collec- tion in the Carnegie Museum. This form, which is near typical preuss?, may be at once distin- guished from it by the velvety black band which crosses the fore wings from the base to the outer margin, leaving the diffuse paler subapical transverse band and the elongated brilliantly green apical area in strik- ing contrast with the rest of the wing, and by the brilliantly deep green color of the under side of the wing. (204) 5e. Euphedra preussi fulvofasciata, new variety Plate XI, Figure 6, @ This variety differs from the preceding in having the transverse subapical band on the upper sides of the primaries bright orange in both sexes; the band on the under side is paler, inclining to white, though in a few specimens in the series before me the orange color of the upper side reappears. There is a considerable variety in. the shape of this band, especially in the female sex. There are seven females before me, and in none of them is the band absolutely the same in outline, and in some of them it is much broader than in others. The markings on the under side are more or less variable, as in 2. njamnjami and the other varietal forms which have been men- tioned. I assign to this varietal form three males taken at Medje, one in April, one in July, and one in August, and seven females, all taken at the same place, two in April and the others from July to September. In size and in all other respects, except the color and shape of the sub- 1920] Holland, Lepidoptera of the Congo 175 apical band, the form agrees rather closely with E. njamnjami Staud- inger, from which, however, it may easily be discriminated. (205) 5f. Euphedra preussi latefasciata, new variety Plate XI, Figure 8, @ This form is very much like the preceding but differs in having the transverse subapical band of the fore wing broader, and by the great reduction, amounting to almost a complete suppression on the under side of the black markings in the cells, especially in the case of the female. The submarginal markings on the under side of the secondaries on the other hand are very distinct, inwardly black, margined ex- ternally by light blue. This variety is represented by a male captured at Medje in April and a female taken at the same place in July. (206) 5g. Euphedra preussi angustior, new variety Plate XI, Figure 7, @ I apply this name to four males and two females which are characterized by having the transverse postapical band orange on the upper side of the fore wings and greatly reduced in width, being much narrower than in any of the other forms in this group. On the under side the spots in the cell of the fore wing are much enlarged and very conspicuous, much more so than in any other of the varieties hereinbefore mentioned. The transverse postapical band in what I take to be the female is not yellow in this form, as it is in the case of the male, but white. There are four males, one taken at Medje in April and three captured at the same place in August. The two females which I associate with the males because of the markings on the under side of the wings were also captured at Medje, one in July and the other in August. Whether the forms which I have mentioned in the foregoing para- graphs are all really referable to Huphedra preussi and are to be regarded as mere varieties of that insect can only be decided by the test of breed- ing. They all agree in having on the anterior margin of the hind wing a broad white band extending from the base in cell 7 almost to